// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.11;
/// @author thirdweb
//   $$\\     $$\\       $$\\                 $$\\                         $$\\
//   $$ |    $$ |      \\__|                $$ |                        $$ |
// $$$$$$\\   $$$$$$$\\  $$\\  $$$$$$\\   $$$$$$$ |$$\\  $$\\  $$\\  $$$$$$\\  $$$$$$$\\
// \\_$$  _|  $$  __$$\\ $$ |$$  __$$\\ $$  __$$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$  __$$\\ $$  __$$\\
//   $$ |    $$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |  \\__|$$ /  $$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$$$$$$$ |$$ |  $$ |
//   $$ |$$\\ $$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |      $$ |  $$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$   ____|$$ |  $$ |
//   \\$$$$  |$$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |      \\$$$$$$$ |\\$$$$$\\$$$$  |\\$$$$$$$\\ $$$$$$$  |
//    \\____/ \\__|  \\__|\\__|\\__|       \\_______| \\_____\\____/  \\_______|\\_______/
import "./extension/interface/IContractFactory.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/metatx/ERC2771Context.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Multicall.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/Clones.sol";
contract TWCloneFactory is Multicall, ERC2771Context, IContractFactory {
    /// @dev Emitted when a proxy is deployed.
    event ProxyDeployed(address indexed implementation, address proxy, address indexed deployer);
    constructor(address _trustedForwarder) ERC2771Context(_trustedForwarder) {}
    /// @dev Deploys a proxy that points to the given implementation.
    function deployProxyByImplementation(
        address _implementation,
        bytes memory _data,
        bytes32 _salt
    ) public override returns (address deployedProxy) {
        bytes32 salthash = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_msgSender(), _salt));
        deployedProxy = Clones.cloneDeterministic(_implementation, salthash);
        emit ProxyDeployed(_implementation, deployedProxy, _msgSender());
        if (_data.length > 0) {
            // slither-disable-next-line unused-return
            Address.functionCall(deployedProxy, _data);
        }
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual override returns (address sender) {
        return ERC2771Context._msgSender();
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual override returns (bytes calldata) {
        return ERC2771Context._msgData();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
interface IContractFactory {
    /**
     *  @notice Deploys a proxy that points to that points to the given implementation.
     *
     *  @param implementation           Address of the implementation to point to.
     *
     *  @param data                     Additional data to pass to the proxy constructor or any other data useful during deployement.
     *  @param salt                     Salt to use for the deterministic address generation.
     */
    function deployProxyByImplementation(
        address implementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bytes32 salt
    ) external returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (metatx/ERC2771Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.9;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Context variant with ERC2771 support.
 */
abstract contract ERC2771Context is Context {
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow state-variable-immutable
    address private immutable _trustedForwarder;
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
    constructor(address trustedForwarder) {
        _trustedForwarder = trustedForwarder;
    }
    function isTrustedForwarder(address forwarder) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return forwarder == _trustedForwarder;
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual override returns (address sender) {
        if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
            // The assembly code is more direct than the Solidity version using `abi.decode`.
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                sender := shr(96, calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), 20)))
            }
        } else {
            return super._msgSender();
        }
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual override returns (bytes calldata) {
        if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
            return msg.data[:msg.data.length - 20];
        } else {
            return super._msgData();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (proxy/Clones.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167[EIP 1167] is a standard for
 * deploying minimal proxy contracts, also known as "clones".
 *
 * > To simply and cheaply clone contract functionality in an immutable way, this standard specifies
 * > a minimal bytecode implementation that delegates all calls to a known, fixed address.
 *
 * The library includes functions to deploy a proxy using either `create` (traditional deployment) or `create2`
 * (salted deterministic deployment). It also includes functions to predict the addresses of clones deployed using the
 * deterministic method.
 *
 * _Available since v3.4._
 */
library Clones {
    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create opcode, which should never revert.
     */
    function clone(address implementation) internal returns (address instance) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(ptr, 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000000000000000000000)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x14), shl(0x60, implementation))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x28), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf30000000000000000000000000000000000)
            instance := create(0, ptr, 0x37)
        }
        require(instance != address(0), "ERC1167: create failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create2 opcode and a `salt` to deterministically deploy
     * the clone. Using the same `implementation` and `salt` multiple time will revert, since
     * the clones cannot be deployed twice at the same address.
     */
    function cloneDeterministic(address implementation, bytes32 salt) internal returns (address instance) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(ptr, 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000000000000000000000)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x14), shl(0x60, implementation))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x28), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf30000000000000000000000000000000000)
            instance := create2(0, ptr, 0x37, salt)
        }
        require(instance != address(0), "ERC1167: create2 failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Computes the address of a clone deployed using {Clones-cloneDeterministic}.
     */
    function predictDeterministicAddress(
        address implementation,
        bytes32 salt,
        address deployer
    ) internal pure returns (address predicted) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(ptr, 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000000000000000000000)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x14), shl(0x60, implementation))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x28), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3ff00000000000000000000000000000000)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x38), shl(0x60, deployer))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x4c), salt)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x6c), keccak256(ptr, 0x37))
            predicted := keccak256(add(ptr, 0x37), 0x55)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Computes the address of a clone deployed using {Clones-cloneDeterministic}.
     */
    function predictDeterministicAddress(address implementation, bytes32 salt)
        internal
        view
        returns (address predicted)
    {
        return predictDeterministicAddress(implementation, salt, address(this));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Multicall.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./Address.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides a function to batch together multiple calls in a single external call.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
abstract contract Multicall {
    /**
     * @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external virtual returns (bytes[] memory results) {
        results = new bytes[](data.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {
            results[i] = Address.functionDelegateCall(address(this), data[i]);
        }
        return results;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v3.3.0
// Creator: Chiru Labs
////////// CHANGELOG: turn `approve` to virtual //////////
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/IERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension. Built to optimize for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Assumes serials are sequentially minted starting at _startTokenId() (defaults to 0, e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3..).
 *
 * Assumes that an owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 *
 * Assumes that the maximum token id cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
    // The tokenId of the next token to be minted.
    uint256 internal _currentIndex;
    // The number of tokens burned.
    uint256 internal _burnCounter;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
    // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned. See _ownershipOf implementation for details.
    mapping(uint256 => TokenOwnership) internal _ownerships;
    // Mapping owner address to address data
    mapping(address => AddressData) private _addressData;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    /**
     * To change the starting tokenId, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than _currentIndex - _startTokenId() times
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _currentIndex does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to _startTokenId()
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Upgradeable).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721MetadataUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].balance);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberMinted);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberBurned);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return _addressData[owner].aux;
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal {
        _addressData[owner].aux = aux;
    }
    /**
     * Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around in the collection over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        uint256 curr = tokenId;
        unchecked {
            if (_startTokenId() <= curr)
                if (curr < _currentIndex) {
                    TokenOwnership memory ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                    if (!ownership.burned) {
                        if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                            return ownership;
                        }
                        // Invariant:
                        // There will always be an ownership that has an address and is not burned
                        // before an ownership that does not have an address and is not burned.
                        // Hence, curr will not underflow.
                        while (true) {
                            curr--;
                            ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                            if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                                return ownership;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721AUpgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (to == owner) revert ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        if (_msgSender() != owner)
            if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender())) {
                revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            }
        _approve(to, tokenId, owner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        if (operator == _msgSender()) revert ApproveToCaller();
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.isContract())
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _startTokenId() <= tokenId && tokenId < _currentIndex && !_ownerships[tokenId].burned;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     *   {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity, bytes memory _data) internal {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            if (to.isContract()) {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex);
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, updatedIndex, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                    updatedIndex += 1;
                } while (updatedIndex < end);
                // Reentrancy protection
                if (_currentIndex != startTokenId) revert();
            } else {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                } while (updatedIndex < end);
            }
            _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            do {
                emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
            } while (updatedIndex < end);
            _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) private {
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        if (prevOwnership.addr != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
            isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
            getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
        if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            _addressData[from].balance -= 1;
            _addressData[to].balance += 1;
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = to;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the transfer initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = prevOwnership.addr;
        if (approvalCheck) {
            bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
            if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            AddressData storage addressData = _addressData[from];
            addressData.balance -= 1;
            addressData.numberBurned += 1;
            // Keep track of who burned the token, and the timestamp of burning.
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = from;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            currSlot.burned = true;
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the burn initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            _burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits a {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId, address owner) private {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (
            bytes4 retval
        ) {
            return retval == IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token ids are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(address from, address to, uint256 startTokenId, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token ids have been transferred. This includes
     * minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(address from, address to, uint256 startTokenId, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[42] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * [EIP](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165).
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC20 interface
 * @dev see https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20
 */
interface IERC20 {
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    function balanceOf(address who) external view returns (uint256);
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    function approve(address spender, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be payed in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 salePrice
    ) external view returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  @title   Batch-mint Metadata
 *  @notice  The `BatchMintMetadata` is a contract extension for any base NFT contract. It lets the smart contract
 *           using this extension set metadata for `n` number of NFTs all at once. This is enabled by storing a single
 *           base URI for a batch of `n` NFTs, where the metadata for each NFT in a relevant batch is `baseURI/tokenId`.
 */
contract BatchMintMetadata {
    /// @dev Invalid index for batch
    error BatchMintInvalidBatchId(uint256 index);
    /// @dev Invalid token
    error BatchMintInvalidTokenId(uint256 tokenId);
    /// @dev Metadata frozen
    error BatchMintMetadataFrozen(uint256 batchId);
    /// @dev Largest tokenId of each batch of tokens with the same baseURI + 1 {ex: batchId 100 at position 0 includes tokens 0-99}
    uint256[] private batchIds;
    /// @dev Mapping from id of a batch of tokens => to base URI for the respective batch of tokens.
    mapping(uint256 => string) private baseURI;
    /// @dev Mapping from id of a batch of tokens => to whether the base URI for the respective batch of tokens is frozen.
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public batchFrozen;
    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of all tokens are frozen.
    /// While not currently supported by marketplaces, this event allows
    /// future indexing if desired.
    event MetadataFrozen();
    // @dev This event emits when the metadata of a range of tokens is updated.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFTs.
    event BatchMetadataUpdate(uint256 _fromTokenId, uint256 _toTokenId);
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns the count of batches of NFTs.
     *  @dev            Each batch of tokens has an in ID and an associated `baseURI`.
     *                  See {batchIds}.
     */
    function getBaseURICount() public view returns (uint256) {
        return batchIds.length;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns the ID for the batch of tokens at the given index.
     *  @dev            See {getBaseURICount}.
     *  @param _index   Index of the desired batch in batchIds array.
     */
    function getBatchIdAtIndex(uint256 _index) public view returns (uint256) {
        if (_index >= getBaseURICount()) {
            revert BatchMintInvalidBatchId(_index);
        }
        return batchIds[_index];
    }
    /// @dev Returns the id for the batch of tokens the given tokenId belongs to.
    function _getBatchId(uint256 _tokenId) internal view returns (uint256 batchId, uint256 index) {
        uint256 numOfTokenBatches = getBaseURICount();
        uint256[] memory indices = batchIds;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numOfTokenBatches; i += 1) {
            if (_tokenId < indices[i]) {
                index = i;
                batchId = indices[i];
                return (batchId, index);
            }
        }
        revert BatchMintInvalidTokenId(_tokenId);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the baseURI for a token. The intended metadata URI for the token is baseURI + tokenId.
    function _getBaseURI(uint256 _tokenId) internal view returns (string memory) {
        uint256 numOfTokenBatches = getBaseURICount();
        uint256[] memory indices = batchIds;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numOfTokenBatches; i += 1) {
            if (_tokenId < indices[i]) {
                return baseURI[indices[i]];
            }
        }
        revert BatchMintInvalidTokenId(_tokenId);
    }
    /// @dev returns the starting tokenId of a given batchId.
    function _getBatchStartId(uint256 _batchID) internal view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 numOfTokenBatches = getBaseURICount();
        uint256[] memory indices = batchIds;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numOfTokenBatches; i++) {
            if (_batchID == indices[i]) {
                if (i > 0) {
                    return indices[i - 1];
                }
                return 0;
            }
        }
        revert BatchMintInvalidBatchId(_batchID);
    }
    /// @dev Sets the base URI for the batch of tokens with the given batchId.
    function _setBaseURI(uint256 _batchId, string memory _baseURI) internal {
        if (batchFrozen[_batchId]) {
            revert BatchMintMetadataFrozen(_batchId);
        }
        baseURI[_batchId] = _baseURI;
        emit BatchMetadataUpdate(_getBatchStartId(_batchId), _batchId);
    }
    /// @dev Freezes the base URI for the batch of tokens with the given batchId.
    function _freezeBaseURI(uint256 _batchId) internal {
        string memory baseURIForBatch = baseURI[_batchId];
        if (bytes(baseURIForBatch).length == 0) {
            revert BatchMintInvalidBatchId(_batchId);
        }
        batchFrozen[_batchId] = true;
        emit MetadataFrozen();
    }
    /// @dev Mints a batch of tokenIds and associates a common baseURI to all those Ids.
    function _batchMintMetadata(
        uint256 _startId,
        uint256 _amountToMint,
        string memory _baseURIForTokens
    ) internal returns (uint256 nextTokenIdToMint, uint256 batchId) {
        batchId = _startId + _amountToMint;
        nextTokenIdToMint = batchId;
        batchIds.push(batchId);
        baseURI[batchId] = _baseURIForTokens;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IContractMetadata.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Contract Metadata
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `ContractMetadata` is a contract extension for any base contracts. It lets you set a metadata URI
 *           for you contract.
 *           Additionally, `ContractMetadata` is necessary for NFT contracts that want royalties to get distributed on OpenSea.
 */
abstract contract ContractMetadata is IContractMetadata {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error ContractMetadataUnauthorized();
    /// @notice Returns the contract metadata URI.
    string public override contractURI;
    /**
     *  @notice         Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to setup contractURI, e.g. contract admin.
     *                  See {_canSetContractURI}.
     *                  Emits {ContractURIUpdated Event}.
     *
     *  @param _uri     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     */
    function setContractURI(string memory _uri) external override {
        if (!_canSetContractURI()) {
            revert ContractMetadataUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupContractURI(_uri);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
    function _setupContractURI(string memory _uri) internal {
        string memory prevURI = contractURI;
        contractURI = _uri;
        emit ContractURIUpdated(prevURI, _uri);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether contract metadata can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetContractURI() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IDelayedReveal.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Delayed Reveal
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `DelayedReveal` is a contract extension for base NFT contracts. It lets you create batches of
 *           'delayed-reveal' NFTs. You can learn more about the usage of delayed reveal NFTs here - https://blog.thirdweb.com/delayed-reveal-nfts
 */
abstract contract DelayedReveal is IDelayedReveal {
    /// @dev The contract doesn't have any url to be delayed revealed
    error DelayedRevealNothingToReveal();
    /// @dev The result of the returned an incorrect hash
    error DelayedRevealIncorrectResultHash(bytes32 expected, bytes32 actual);
    /// @dev Mapping from tokenId of a batch of tokens => to delayed reveal data.
    mapping(uint256 => bytes) public encryptedData;
    /// @dev Sets the delayed reveal data for a batchId.
    function _setEncryptedData(uint256 _batchId, bytes memory _encryptedData) internal {
        encryptedData[_batchId] = _encryptedData;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice             Returns revealed URI for a batch of NFTs.
     *  @dev                Reveal encrypted base URI for `_batchId` with caller/admin's `_key` used for encryption.
     *                      Reverts if there's no encrypted URI for `_batchId`.
     *                      See {encryptDecrypt}.
     *
     *  @param _batchId     ID of the batch for which URI is being revealed.
     *  @param _key         Secure key used by caller/admin for encryption of baseURI.
     *
     *  @return revealedURI Decrypted base URI.
     */
    function getRevealURI(uint256 _batchId, bytes calldata _key) public view returns (string memory revealedURI) {
        bytes memory data = encryptedData[_batchId];
        if (data.length == 0) {
            revert DelayedRevealNothingToReveal();
        }
        (bytes memory encryptedURI, bytes32 provenanceHash) = abi.decode(data, (bytes, bytes32));
        revealedURI = string(encryptDecrypt(encryptedURI, _key));
        if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(revealedURI, _key, block.chainid)) != provenanceHash) {
            revert DelayedRevealIncorrectResultHash(
                provenanceHash,
                keccak256(abi.encodePacked(revealedURI, _key, block.chainid))
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Encrypt/decrypt data on chain.
     *  @dev            Encrypt/decrypt given `data` with `key`. Uses inline assembly.
     *                  See: https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/questions/69825/decrypt-message-on-chain
     *
     *  @param data     Bytes of data to encrypt/decrypt.
     *  @param key      Secure key used by caller for encryption/decryption.
     *
     *  @return result  Output after encryption/decryption of given data.
     */
    function encryptDecrypt(bytes memory data, bytes calldata key) public pure override returns (bytes memory result) {
        // Store data length on stack for later use
        uint256 length = data.length;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            // Set result to free memory pointer
            result := mload(0x40)
            // Increase free memory pointer by lenght + 32
            mstore(0x40, add(add(result, length), 32))
            // Set result length
            mstore(result, length)
        }
        // Iterate over the data stepping by 32 bytes
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; i += 32) {
            // Generate hash of the key and offset
            bytes32 hash = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(key, i));
            bytes32 chunk;
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                // Read 32-bytes data chunk
                chunk := mload(add(data, add(i, 32)))
            }
            // XOR the chunk with hash
            chunk ^= hash;
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                // Write 32-byte encrypted chunk
                mstore(add(result, add(i, 32)), chunk)
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns whether the relvant batch of NFTs is subject to a delayed reveal.
     *  @dev            Returns `true` if `_batchId`'s base URI is encrypted.
     *  @param _batchId ID of a batch of NFTs.
     */
    function isEncryptedBatch(uint256 _batchId) public view returns (bool) {
        return encryptedData[_batchId].length > 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IDrop.sol";
import "../lib/MerkleProof.sol";
abstract contract Drop is IDrop {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error DropUnauthorized();
    /// @dev Exceeded the max token total supply
    error DropExceedMaxSupply();
    /// @dev No active claim condition
    error DropNoActiveCondition();
    /// @dev Claim condition invalid currency or price
    error DropClaimInvalidTokenPrice(
        address expectedCurrency,
        uint256 expectedPricePerToken,
        address actualCurrency,
        uint256 actualExpectedPricePerToken
    );
    /// @dev Claim condition exceeded limit
    error DropClaimExceedLimit(uint256 expected, uint256 actual);
    /// @dev Claim condition exceeded max supply
    error DropClaimExceedMaxSupply(uint256 expected, uint256 actual);
    /// @dev Claim condition not started yet
    error DropClaimNotStarted(uint256 expected, uint256 actual);
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            State variables
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev The active conditions for claiming tokens.
    ClaimConditionList public claimCondition;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            Drop logic
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Lets an account claim tokens.
    function claim(
        address _receiver,
        uint256 _quantity,
        address _currency,
        uint256 _pricePerToken,
        AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        _beforeClaim(_receiver, _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken, _allowlistProof, _data);
        uint256 activeConditionId = getActiveClaimConditionId();
        verifyClaim(activeConditionId, _dropMsgSender(), _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken, _allowlistProof);
        // Update contract state.
        claimCondition.conditions[activeConditionId].supplyClaimed += _quantity;
        claimCondition.supplyClaimedByWallet[activeConditionId][_dropMsgSender()] += _quantity;
        // If there's a price, collect price.
        _collectPriceOnClaim(address(0), _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken);
        // Mint the relevant tokens to claimer.
        uint256 startTokenId = _transferTokensOnClaim(_receiver, _quantity);
        emit TokensClaimed(activeConditionId, _dropMsgSender(), _receiver, startTokenId, _quantity);
        _afterClaim(_receiver, _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken, _allowlistProof, _data);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set claim conditions.
    function setClaimConditions(
        ClaimCondition[] calldata _conditions,
        bool _resetClaimEligibility
    ) external virtual override {
        if (!_canSetClaimConditions()) {
            revert DropUnauthorized();
        }
        uint256 existingStartIndex = claimCondition.currentStartId;
        uint256 existingPhaseCount = claimCondition.count;
        /**
         *  The mapping `supplyClaimedByWallet` uses a claim condition's UID as a key.
         *
         *  If `_resetClaimEligibility == true`, we assign completely new UIDs to the claim
         *  conditions in `_conditions`, effectively resetting the restrictions on claims expressed
         *  by `supplyClaimedByWallet`.
         */
        uint256 newStartIndex = existingStartIndex;
        if (_resetClaimEligibility) {
            newStartIndex = existingStartIndex + existingPhaseCount;
        }
        claimCondition.count = _conditions.length;
        claimCondition.currentStartId = newStartIndex;
        uint256 lastConditionStartTimestamp;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _conditions.length; i++) {
            require(i == 0 || lastConditionStartTimestamp < _conditions[i].startTimestamp, "ST");
            uint256 supplyClaimedAlready = claimCondition.conditions[newStartIndex + i].supplyClaimed;
            if (supplyClaimedAlready > _conditions[i].maxClaimableSupply) {
                revert DropExceedMaxSupply();
            }
            claimCondition.conditions[newStartIndex + i] = _conditions[i];
            claimCondition.conditions[newStartIndex + i].supplyClaimed = supplyClaimedAlready;
            lastConditionStartTimestamp = _conditions[i].startTimestamp;
        }
        /**
         *  Gas refunds (as much as possible)
         *
         *  If `_resetClaimEligibility == true`, we assign completely new UIDs to the claim
         *  conditions in `_conditions`. So, we delete claim conditions with UID < `newStartIndex`.
         *
         *  If `_resetClaimEligibility == false`, and there are more existing claim conditions
         *  than in `_conditions`, we delete the existing claim conditions that don't get replaced
         *  by the conditions in `_conditions`.
         */
        if (_resetClaimEligibility) {
            for (uint256 i = existingStartIndex; i < newStartIndex; i++) {
                delete claimCondition.conditions[i];
            }
        } else {
            if (existingPhaseCount > _conditions.length) {
                for (uint256 i = _conditions.length; i < existingPhaseCount; i++) {
                    delete claimCondition.conditions[newStartIndex + i];
                }
            }
        }
        emit ClaimConditionsUpdated(_conditions, _resetClaimEligibility);
    }
    /// @dev Checks a request to claim NFTs against the active claim condition's criteria.
    function verifyClaim(
        uint256 _conditionId,
        address _claimer,
        uint256 _quantity,
        address _currency,
        uint256 _pricePerToken,
        AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof
    ) public view virtual returns (bool isOverride) {
        ClaimCondition memory currentClaimPhase = claimCondition.conditions[_conditionId];
        uint256 claimLimit = currentClaimPhase.quantityLimitPerWallet;
        uint256 claimPrice = currentClaimPhase.pricePerToken;
        address claimCurrency = currentClaimPhase.currency;
        /*
         * Here `isOverride` implies that if the merkle proof verification fails,
         * the claimer would claim through open claim limit instead of allowlisted limit.
         */
        if (currentClaimPhase.merkleRoot != bytes32(0)) {
            (isOverride, ) = MerkleProof.verify(
                _allowlistProof.proof,
                currentClaimPhase.merkleRoot,
                keccak256(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        _claimer,
                        _allowlistProof.quantityLimitPerWallet,
                        _allowlistProof.pricePerToken,
                        _allowlistProof.currency
                    )
                )
            );
        }
        if (isOverride) {
            claimLimit = _allowlistProof.quantityLimitPerWallet != 0
                ? _allowlistProof.quantityLimitPerWallet
                : claimLimit;
            claimPrice = _allowlistProof.pricePerToken != type(uint256).max
                ? _allowlistProof.pricePerToken
                : claimPrice;
            claimCurrency = _allowlistProof.pricePerToken != type(uint256).max && _allowlistProof.currency != address(0)
                ? _allowlistProof.currency
                : claimCurrency;
        }
        uint256 supplyClaimedByWallet = claimCondition.supplyClaimedByWallet[_conditionId][_claimer];
        if (_currency != claimCurrency || _pricePerToken != claimPrice) {
            revert DropClaimInvalidTokenPrice(_currency, _pricePerToken, claimCurrency, claimPrice);
        }
        if (_quantity == 0 || (_quantity + supplyClaimedByWallet > claimLimit)) {
            revert DropClaimExceedLimit(claimLimit, _quantity + supplyClaimedByWallet);
        }
        if (currentClaimPhase.supplyClaimed + _quantity > currentClaimPhase.maxClaimableSupply) {
            revert DropClaimExceedMaxSupply(
                currentClaimPhase.maxClaimableSupply,
                currentClaimPhase.supplyClaimed + _quantity
            );
        }
        if (currentClaimPhase.startTimestamp > block.timestamp) {
            revert DropClaimNotStarted(currentClaimPhase.startTimestamp, block.timestamp);
        }
    }
    /// @dev At any given moment, returns the uid for the active claim condition.
    function getActiveClaimConditionId() public view returns (uint256) {
        for (uint256 i = claimCondition.currentStartId + claimCondition.count; i > claimCondition.currentStartId; i--) {
            if (block.timestamp >= claimCondition.conditions[i - 1].startTimestamp) {
                return i - 1;
            }
        }
        revert DropNoActiveCondition();
    }
    /// @dev Returns the claim condition at the given uid.
    function getClaimConditionById(uint256 _conditionId) external view returns (ClaimCondition memory condition) {
        condition = claimCondition.conditions[_conditionId];
    }
    /// @dev Returns the supply claimed by claimer for a given conditionId.
    function getSupplyClaimedByWallet(
        uint256 _conditionId,
        address _claimer
    ) public view returns (uint256 supplyClaimedByWallet) {
        supplyClaimedByWallet = claimCondition.supplyClaimedByWallet[_conditionId][_claimer];
    }
    /*////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
        Optional hooks that can be implemented in the derived contract
    ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Exposes the ability to override the msg sender.
    function _dropMsgSender() internal virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    /// @dev Runs before every `claim` function call.
    function _beforeClaim(
        address _receiver,
        uint256 _quantity,
        address _currency,
        uint256 _pricePerToken,
        AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {}
    /// @dev Runs after every `claim` function call.
    function _afterClaim(
        address _receiver,
        uint256 _quantity,
        address _currency,
        uint256 _pricePerToken,
        AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {}
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
        Virtual functions: to be implemented in derived contract
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Collects and distributes the primary sale value of NFTs being claimed.
    function _collectPriceOnClaim(
        address _primarySaleRecipient,
        uint256 _quantityToClaim,
        address _currency,
        uint256 _pricePerToken
    ) internal virtual;
    /// @dev Transfers the NFTs being claimed.
    function _transferTokensOnClaim(
        address _to,
        uint256 _quantityBeingClaimed
    ) internal virtual returns (uint256 startTokenId);
    /// @dev Determine what wallet can update claim conditions
    function _canSetClaimConditions() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/ILazyMint.sol";
import "./BatchMintMetadata.sol";
/**
 *  The `LazyMint` is a contract extension for any base NFT contract. It lets you 'lazy mint' any number of NFTs
 *  at once. Here, 'lazy mint' means defining the metadata for particular tokenIds of your NFT contract, without actually
 *  minting a non-zero balance of NFTs of those tokenIds.
 */
abstract contract LazyMint is ILazyMint, BatchMintMetadata {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error LazyMintUnauthorized();
    error LazyMintInvalidAmount();
    /// @notice The tokenId assigned to the next new NFT to be lazy minted.
    uint256 internal nextTokenIdToLazyMint;
    /**
     *  @notice                  Lets an authorized address lazy mint a given amount of NFTs.
     *
     *  @param _amount           The number of NFTs to lazy mint.
     *  @param _baseURIForTokens The base URI for the 'n' number of NFTs being lazy minted, where the metadata for each
     *                           of those NFTs is `${baseURIForTokens}/${tokenId}`.
     *  @param _data             Additional bytes data to be used at the discretion of the consumer of the contract.
     *  @return batchId          A unique integer identifier for the batch of NFTs lazy minted together.
     */
    function lazyMint(
        uint256 _amount,
        string calldata _baseURIForTokens,
        bytes calldata _data
    ) public virtual override returns (uint256 batchId) {
        if (!_canLazyMint()) {
            revert LazyMintUnauthorized();
        }
        if (_amount == 0) {
            revert LazyMintInvalidAmount();
        }
        uint256 startId = nextTokenIdToLazyMint;
        (nextTokenIdToLazyMint, batchId) = _batchMintMetadata(startId, _amount, _baseURIForTokens);
        emit TokensLazyMinted(startId, startId + _amount - 1, _baseURIForTokens, _data);
        return batchId;
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether lazy minting can be performed in the given execution context.
    function _canLazyMint() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../lib/Address.sol";
import "./interface/IMulticall.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides a function to batch together multiple calls in a single external call.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
contract Multicall is IMulticall {
    /**
     *  @notice Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     *  @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     *
     *  @param data The bytes data that makes up the batch of function calls to execute.
     *  @return results The bytes data that makes up the result of the batch of function calls executed.
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external returns (bytes[] memory results) {
        results = new bytes[](data.length);
        address sender = _msgSender();
        bool isForwarder = msg.sender != sender;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {
            if (isForwarder) {
                results[i] = Address.functionDelegateCall(address(this), abi.encodePacked(data[i], sender));
            } else {
                results[i] = Address.functionDelegateCall(address(this), data[i]);
            }
        }
        return results;
    }
    /// @notice Returns the sender in the given execution context.
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IOwnable.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Ownable
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `Ownable` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           who the 'owner' of the inheriting smart contract is, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses
 *           information about who the contract's owner is.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is IOwnable {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error OwnableUnauthorized();
    /// @dev Owner of the contract (purpose: OpenSea compatibility)
    address private _owner;
    /// @dev Reverts if caller is not the owner.
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        if (msg.sender != _owner) {
            revert OwnableUnauthorized();
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice Returns the owner of the contract.
     */
    function owner() public view override returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice Lets an authorized wallet set a new owner for the contract.
     *  @param _newOwner The address to set as the new owner of the contract.
     */
    function setOwner(address _newOwner) external override {
        if (!_canSetOwner()) {
            revert OwnableUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupOwner(_newOwner);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a contract admin.
    function _setupOwner(address _newOwner) internal {
        address _prevOwner = _owner;
        _owner = _newOwner;
        emit OwnerUpdated(_prevOwner, _newOwner);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether owner can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetOwner() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IPermissions.sol";
import "../lib/Strings.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Permissions
 *  @dev     This contracts provides extending-contracts with role-based access control mechanisms
 */
contract Permissions is IPermissions {
    /// @dev The `account` is missing a role.
    error PermissionsUnauthorizedAccount(address account, bytes32 neededRole);
    /// @dev The `account` already is a holder of `role`
    error PermissionsAlreadyGranted(address account, bytes32 role);
    /// @dev Invalid priviledge to revoke
    error PermissionsInvalidPermission(address expected, address actual);
    /// @dev Map from keccak256 hash of a role => a map from address => whether address has role.
    mapping(bytes32 => mapping(address => bool)) private _hasRole;
    /// @dev Map from keccak256 hash of a role to role admin. See {getRoleAdmin}.
    mapping(bytes32 => bytes32) private _getRoleAdmin;
    /// @dev Default admin role for all roles. Only accounts with this role can grant/revoke other roles.
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /// @dev Modifier that checks if an account has the specified role; reverts otherwise.
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role, msg.sender);
        _;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Checks whether an account has a particular role.
     *  @dev            Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account for which the role is being checked.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view override returns (bool) {
        return _hasRole[role][account];
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Checks whether an account has a particular role;
     *                  role restrictions can be swtiched on and off.
     *
     *  @dev            Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     *                  Role restrictions can be swtiched on and off:
     *                      - If address(0) has ROLE, then the ROLE restrictions
     *                        don't apply.
     *                      - If address(0) does not have ROLE, then the ROLE
     *                        restrictions will apply.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account for which the role is being checked.
     */
    function hasRoleWithSwitch(bytes32 role, address account) public view returns (bool) {
        if (!_hasRole[role][address(0)]) {
            return _hasRole[role][account];
        }
        return true;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns the admin role that controls the specified role.
     *  @dev            See {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
     *                  To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view override returns (bytes32) {
        return _getRoleAdmin[role];
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Grants a role to an account, if not previously granted.
     *  @dev            Caller must have admin role for the `role`.
     *                  Emits {RoleGranted Event}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account to which the role is being granted.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        _checkRole(_getRoleAdmin[role], msg.sender);
        if (_hasRole[role][account]) {
            revert PermissionsAlreadyGranted(account, role);
        }
        _setupRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Revokes role from an account.
     *  @dev            Caller must have admin role for the `role`.
     *                  Emits {RoleRevoked Event}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account from which the role is being revoked.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        _checkRole(_getRoleAdmin[role], msg.sender);
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Revokes role from the account.
     *  @dev            Caller must have the `role`, with caller being the same as `account`.
     *                  Emits {RoleRevoked Event}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account from which the role is being revoked.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        if (msg.sender != account) {
            revert PermissionsInvalidPermission(msg.sender, account);
        }
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev Sets `adminRole` as `role`'s admin role.
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = _getRoleAdmin[role];
        _getRoleAdmin[role] = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /// @dev Sets up `role` for `account`
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _hasRole[role][account] = true;
        emit RoleGranted(role, account, msg.sender);
    }
    /// @dev Revokes `role` from `account`
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _checkRole(role, account);
        delete _hasRole[role][account];
        emit RoleRevoked(role, account, msg.sender);
    }
    /// @dev Checks `role` for `account`. Reverts with a message including the required role.
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!_hasRole[role][account]) {
            revert PermissionsUnauthorizedAccount(account, role);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Checks `role` for `account`. Reverts with a message including the required role.
    function _checkRoleWithSwitch(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRoleWithSwitch(role, account)) {
            revert PermissionsUnauthorizedAccount(account, role);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IPermissionsEnumerable.sol";
import "./Permissions.sol";
/**
 *  @title   PermissionsEnumerable
 *  @dev     This contracts provides extending-contracts with role-based access control mechanisms.
 *           Also provides interfaces to view all members with a given role, and total count of members.
 */
contract PermissionsEnumerable is IPermissionsEnumerable, Permissions {
    /**
     *  @notice A data structure to store data of members for a given role.
     *
     *  @param index    Current index in the list of accounts that have a role.
     *  @param members  map from index => address of account that has a role
     *  @param indexOf  map from address => index which the account has.
     */
    struct RoleMembers {
        uint256 index;
        mapping(uint256 => address) members;
        mapping(address => uint256) indexOf;
    }
    /// @dev map from keccak256 hash of a role to its members' data. See {RoleMembers}.
    mapping(bytes32 => RoleMembers) private roleMembers;
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns the role-member from a list of members for a role,
     *                  at a given index.
     *  @dev            Returns `member` who has `role`, at `index` of role-members list.
     *                  See struct {RoleMembers}, and mapping {roleMembers}
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param index    Index in list of current members for the role.
     *
     *  @return member  Address of account that has `role`
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view override returns (address member) {
        uint256 currentIndex = roleMembers[role].index;
        uint256 check;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < currentIndex; i += 1) {
            if (roleMembers[role].members[i] != address(0)) {
                if (check == index) {
                    member = roleMembers[role].members[i];
                    return member;
                }
                check += 1;
            } else if (hasRole(role, address(0)) && i == roleMembers[role].indexOf[address(0)]) {
                check += 1;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns total number of accounts that have a role.
     *  @dev            Returns `count` of accounts that have `role`.
     *                  See struct {RoleMembers}, and mapping {roleMembers}
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *
     *  @return count   Total number of accounts that have `role`
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view override returns (uint256 count) {
        uint256 currentIndex = roleMembers[role].index;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < currentIndex; i += 1) {
            if (roleMembers[role].members[i] != address(0)) {
                count += 1;
            }
        }
        if (hasRole(role, address(0))) {
            count += 1;
        }
    }
    /// @dev Revokes `role` from `account`, and removes `account` from {roleMembers}
    ///      See {_removeMember}
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
        super._revokeRole(role, account);
        _removeMember(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev Grants `role` to `account`, and adds `account` to {roleMembers}
    ///      See {_addMember}
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
        super._setupRole(role, account);
        _addMember(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev adds `account` to {roleMembers}, for `role`
    function _addMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
        uint256 idx = roleMembers[role].index;
        roleMembers[role].index += 1;
        roleMembers[role].members[idx] = account;
        roleMembers[role].indexOf[account] = idx;
    }
    /// @dev removes `account` from {roleMembers}, for `role`
    function _removeMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
        uint256 idx = roleMembers[role].indexOf[account];
        delete roleMembers[role].members[idx];
        delete roleMembers[role].indexOf[account];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IPlatformFee.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Platform Fee
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `PlatformFee` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           the recipient of platform fee and the platform fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
 *           that uses information about platform fees, if desired.
 */
abstract contract PlatformFee is IPlatformFee {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error PlatformFeeUnauthorized();
    /// @dev The recipient is invalid
    error PlatformFeeInvalidRecipient(address recipient);
    /// @dev The fee bps exceeded the max value
    error PlatformFeeExceededMaxFeeBps(uint256 max, uint256 actual);
    /// @dev The address that receives all platform fees from all sales.
    address private platformFeeRecipient;
    /// @dev The % of primary sales collected as platform fees.
    uint16 private platformFeeBps;
    /// @dev Fee type variants: percentage fee and flat fee
    PlatformFeeType private platformFeeType;
    /// @dev The flat amount collected by the contract as fees on primary sales.
    uint256 private flatPlatformFee;
    /// @dev Returns the platform fee recipient and bps.
    function getPlatformFeeInfo() public view override returns (address, uint16) {
        return (platformFeeRecipient, uint16(platformFeeBps));
    }
    /// @dev Returns the platform fee bps and recipient.
    function getFlatPlatformFeeInfo() public view returns (address, uint256) {
        return (platformFeeRecipient, flatPlatformFee);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the platform fee type.
    function getPlatformFeeType() public view returns (PlatformFeeType) {
        return platformFeeType;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates the platform fee recipient and bps.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set platform fee info.
     *                  See {_canSetPlatformFeeInfo}.
     *                  Emits {PlatformFeeInfoUpdated Event}; See {_setupPlatformFeeInfo}.
     *
     *  @param _platformFeeRecipient   Address to be set as new platformFeeRecipient.
     *  @param _platformFeeBps         Updated platformFeeBps.
     */
    function setPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _platformFeeBps) external override {
        if (!_canSetPlatformFeeInfo()) {
            revert PlatformFeeUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupPlatformFeeInfo(_platformFeeRecipient, _platformFeeBps);
    }
    /// @dev Sets the platform fee recipient and bps
    function _setupPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _platformFeeBps) internal {
        if (_platformFeeBps > 10_000) {
            revert PlatformFeeExceededMaxFeeBps(10_000, _platformFeeBps);
        }
        if (_platformFeeRecipient == address(0)) {
            revert PlatformFeeInvalidRecipient(_platformFeeRecipient);
        }
        platformFeeBps = uint16(_platformFeeBps);
        platformFeeRecipient = _platformFeeRecipient;
        emit PlatformFeeInfoUpdated(_platformFeeRecipient, _platformFeeBps);
    }
    /// @notice Lets a module admin set a flat fee on primary sales.
    function setFlatPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _flatFee) external {
        if (!_canSetPlatformFeeInfo()) {
            revert PlatformFeeUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupFlatPlatformFeeInfo(_platformFeeRecipient, _flatFee);
    }
    /// @dev Sets a flat fee on primary sales.
    function _setupFlatPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _flatFee) internal {
        flatPlatformFee = _flatFee;
        platformFeeRecipient = _platformFeeRecipient;
        emit FlatPlatformFeeUpdated(_platformFeeRecipient, _flatFee);
    }
    /// @notice Lets a module admin set platform fee type.
    function setPlatformFeeType(PlatformFeeType _feeType) external {
        if (!_canSetPlatformFeeInfo()) {
            revert PlatformFeeUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupPlatformFeeType(_feeType);
    }
    /// @dev Sets platform fee type.
    function _setupPlatformFeeType(PlatformFeeType _feeType) internal {
        platformFeeType = _feeType;
        emit PlatformFeeTypeUpdated(_feeType);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether platform fee info can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetPlatformFeeInfo() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IPrimarySale.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Primary Sale
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `PrimarySale` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           the recipient of primary sales, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses information about
 *           primary sales, if desired.
 */
abstract contract PrimarySale is IPrimarySale {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error PrimarySaleUnauthorized();
    /// @dev The recipient is invalid
    error PrimarySaleInvalidRecipient(address recipient);
    /// @dev The address that receives all primary sales value.
    address private recipient;
    /// @dev Returns primary sale recipient address.
    function primarySaleRecipient() public view override returns (address) {
        return recipient;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates primary sale recipient.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set primary sales info.
     *                  See {_canSetPrimarySaleRecipient}.
     *                  Emits {PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated Event}; See {_setupPrimarySaleRecipient}.
     *
     *  @param _saleRecipient   Address to be set as new recipient of primary sales.
     */
    function setPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) external override {
        if (!_canSetPrimarySaleRecipient()) {
            revert PrimarySaleUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(_saleRecipient);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the recipient for all primary sales.
    function _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) internal {
        if (_saleRecipient == address(0)) {
            revert PrimarySaleInvalidRecipient(_saleRecipient);
        }
        recipient = _saleRecipient;
        emit PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(_saleRecipient);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether primary sale recipient can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetPrimarySaleRecipient() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IRoyalty.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Royalty
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `Royalty` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           the recipient of royalty fee and the royalty fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
 *           that uses information about royalty fees, if desired.
 *
 *  @dev     The `Royalty` contract is ERC2981 compliant.
 */
abstract contract Royalty is IRoyalty {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error RoyaltyUnauthorized();
    /// @dev The recipient is invalid
    error RoyaltyInvalidRecipient(address recipient);
    /// @dev The fee bps exceeded the max value
    error RoyaltyExceededMaxFeeBps(uint256 max, uint256 actual);
    /// @dev The (default) address that receives all royalty value.
    address private royaltyRecipient;
    /// @dev The (default) % of a sale to take as royalty (in basis points).
    uint16 private royaltyBps;
    /// @dev Token ID => royalty recipient and bps for token
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private royaltyInfoForToken;
    /**
     *  @notice   View royalty info for a given token and sale price.
     *  @dev      Returns royalty amount and recipient for `tokenId` and `salePrice`.
     *  @param tokenId          The tokenID of the NFT for which to query royalty info.
     *  @param salePrice        Sale price of the token.
     *
     *  @return receiver        Address of royalty recipient account.
     *  @return royaltyAmount   Royalty amount calculated at current royaltyBps value.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 salePrice
    ) external view virtual override returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount) {
        (address recipient, uint256 bps) = getRoyaltyInfoForToken(tokenId);
        receiver = recipient;
        royaltyAmount = (salePrice * bps) / 10_000;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice          View royalty info for a given token.
     *  @dev             Returns royalty recipient and bps for `_tokenId`.
     *  @param _tokenId  The tokenID of the NFT for which to query royalty info.
     */
    function getRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 _tokenId) public view override returns (address, uint16) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royaltyForToken = royaltyInfoForToken[_tokenId];
        return
            royaltyForToken.recipient == address(0)
                ? (royaltyRecipient, uint16(royaltyBps))
                : (royaltyForToken.recipient, uint16(royaltyForToken.bps));
    }
    /**
     *  @notice Returns the defualt royalty recipient and BPS for this contract's NFTs.
     */
    function getDefaultRoyaltyInfo() external view override returns (address, uint16) {
        return (royaltyRecipient, uint16(royaltyBps));
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates default royalty recipient and bps.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set royalty info.
     *                  See {_canSetRoyaltyInfo}.
     *                  Emits {DefaultRoyalty Event}; See {_setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo}.
     *
     *  @param _royaltyRecipient   Address to be set as default royalty recipient.
     *  @param _royaltyBps         Updated royalty bps.
     */
    function setDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) external override {
        if (!_canSetRoyaltyInfo()) {
            revert RoyaltyUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin update the default royalty recipient and bps.
    function _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) internal {
        if (_royaltyBps > 10_000) {
            revert RoyaltyExceededMaxFeeBps(10_000, _royaltyBps);
        }
        royaltyRecipient = _royaltyRecipient;
        royaltyBps = uint16(_royaltyBps);
        emit DefaultRoyalty(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates default royalty recipient and bps for a particular token.
     *  @dev            Sets royalty info for `_tokenId`. Caller should be authorized to set royalty info.
     *                  See {_canSetRoyaltyInfo}.
     *                  Emits {RoyaltyForToken Event}; See {_setupRoyaltyInfoForToken}.
     *
     *  @param _recipient   Address to be set as royalty recipient for given token Id.
     *  @param _bps         Updated royalty bps for the token Id.
     */
    function setRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 _tokenId, address _recipient, uint256 _bps) external override {
        if (!_canSetRoyaltyInfo()) {
            revert RoyaltyUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(_tokenId, _recipient, _bps);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the royalty recipient and bps for a particular token Id.
    function _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 _tokenId, address _recipient, uint256 _bps) internal {
        if (_bps > 10_000) {
            revert RoyaltyExceededMaxFeeBps(10_000, _bps);
        }
        royaltyInfoForToken[_tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo({ recipient: _recipient, bps: _bps });
        emit RoyaltyForToken(_tokenId, _recipient, _bps);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether royalty info can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetRoyaltyInfo() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  The interface `IClaimCondition` is written for thirdweb's 'Drop' contracts, which are distribution mechanisms for tokens.
 *
 *  A claim condition defines criteria under which accounts can mint tokens. Claim conditions can be overwritten
 *  or added to by the contract admin. At any moment, there is only one active claim condition.
 */
interface IClaimCondition {
    /**
     *  @notice The criteria that make up a claim condition.
     *
     *  @param startTimestamp                 The unix timestamp after which the claim condition applies.
     *                                        The same claim condition applies until the `startTimestamp`
     *                                        of the next claim condition.
     *
     *  @param maxClaimableSupply             The maximum total number of tokens that can be claimed under
     *                                        the claim condition.
     *
     *  @param supplyClaimed                  At any given point, the number of tokens that have been claimed
     *                                        under the claim condition.
     *
     *  @param quantityLimitPerWallet         The maximum number of tokens that can be claimed by a wallet.
     *
     *  @param merkleRoot                     The allowlist of addresses that can claim tokens under the claim
     *                                        condition.
     *
     *  @param pricePerToken                  The price required to pay per token claimed.
     *
     *  @param currency                       The currency in which the `pricePerToken` must be paid.
     *
     *  @param metadata                       Claim condition metadata.
     */
    struct ClaimCondition {
        uint256 startTimestamp;
        uint256 maxClaimableSupply;
        uint256 supplyClaimed;
        uint256 quantityLimitPerWallet;
        bytes32 merkleRoot;
        uint256 pricePerToken;
        address currency;
        string metadata;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./IClaimCondition.sol";
/**
 *  The interface `IClaimConditionMultiPhase` is written for thirdweb's 'Drop' contracts, which are distribution mechanisms for tokens.
 *
 *  An authorized wallet can set a series of claim conditions, ordered by their respective `startTimestamp`.
 *  A claim condition defines criteria under which accounts can mint tokens. Claim conditions can be overwritten
 *  or added to by the contract admin. At any moment, there is only one active claim condition.
 */
interface IClaimConditionMultiPhase is IClaimCondition {
    /**
     *  @notice The set of all claim conditions, at any given moment.
     *  Claim Phase ID = [currentStartId, currentStartId + length - 1];
     *
     *  @param currentStartId           The uid for the first claim condition amongst the current set of
     *                                  claim conditions. The uid for each next claim condition is one
     *                                  more than the previous claim condition's uid.
     *
     *  @param count                    The total number of phases / claim conditions in the list
     *                                  of claim conditions.
     *
     *  @param conditions                   The claim conditions at a given uid. Claim conditions
     *                                  are ordered in an ascending order by their `startTimestamp`.
     *
     *  @param supplyClaimedByWallet    Map from a claim condition uid and account to supply claimed by account.
     */
    struct ClaimConditionList {
        uint256 currentStartId;
        uint256 count;
        mapping(uint256 => ClaimCondition) conditions;
        mapping(uint256 => mapping(address => uint256)) supplyClaimedByWallet;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `ContractMetadata` is a contract extension for any base contracts. It lets you set a metadata URI
 *  for you contract.
 *
 *  Additionally, `ContractMetadata` is necessary for NFT contracts that want royalties to get distributed on OpenSea.
 */
interface IContractMetadata {
    /// @dev Returns the metadata URI of the contract.
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     *  @dev Sets contract URI for the storefront-level metadata of the contract.
     *       Only module admin can call this function.
     */
    function setContractURI(string calldata _uri) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when the contract URI is updated.
    event ContractURIUpdated(string prevURI, string newURI);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `DelayedReveal` is a contract extension for base NFT contracts. It lets you create batches of
 *  'delayed-reveal' NFTs. You can learn more about the usage of delayed reveal NFTs here - https://blog.thirdweb.com/delayed-reveal-nfts
 */
interface IDelayedReveal {
    /// @dev Emitted when tokens are revealed.
    event TokenURIRevealed(uint256 indexed index, string revealedURI);
    /**
     *  @notice Reveals a batch of delayed reveal NFTs.
     *
     *  @param identifier The ID for the batch of delayed-reveal NFTs to reveal.
     *
     *  @param key        The key with which the base URI for the relevant batch of NFTs was encrypted.
     */
    function reveal(uint256 identifier, bytes calldata key) external returns (string memory revealedURI);
    /**
     *  @notice Performs XOR encryption/decryption.
     *
     *  @param data The data to encrypt. In the case of delayed-reveal NFTs, this is the "revealed" state
     *              base URI of the relevant batch of NFTs.
     *
     *  @param key  The key with which to encrypt data
     */
    function encryptDecrypt(bytes memory data, bytes calldata key) external pure returns (bytes memory result);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./IClaimConditionMultiPhase.sol";
/**
 *  The interface `IDrop` is written for thirdweb's 'Drop' contracts, which are distribution mechanisms for tokens.
 *
 *  An authorized wallet can set a series of claim conditions, ordered by their respective `startTimestamp`.
 *  A claim condition defines criteria under which accounts can mint tokens. Claim conditions can be overwritten
 *  or added to by the contract admin. At any moment, there is only one active claim condition.
 */
interface IDrop is IClaimConditionMultiPhase {
    /**
     *  @param proof Proof of concerned wallet's inclusion in an allowlist.
     *  @param quantityLimitPerWallet The total quantity of tokens the allowlisted wallet is eligible to claim over time.
     *  @param pricePerToken The price per token the allowlisted wallet must pay to claim tokens.
     *  @param currency The currency in which the allowlisted wallet must pay the price for claiming tokens.
     */
    struct AllowlistProof {
        bytes32[] proof;
        uint256 quantityLimitPerWallet;
        uint256 pricePerToken;
        address currency;
    }
    /// @notice Emitted when tokens are claimed via `claim`.
    event TokensClaimed(
        uint256 indexed claimConditionIndex,
        address indexed claimer,
        address indexed receiver,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantityClaimed
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when the contract's claim conditions are updated.
    event ClaimConditionsUpdated(ClaimCondition[] claimConditions, bool resetEligibility);
    /**
     *  @notice Lets an account claim a given quantity of NFTs.
     *
     *  @param receiver                       The receiver of the NFTs to claim.
     *  @param quantity                       The quantity of NFTs to claim.
     *  @param currency                       The currency in which to pay for the claim.
     *  @param pricePerToken                  The price per token to pay for the claim.
     *  @param allowlistProof                 The proof of the claimer's inclusion in the merkle root allowlist
     *                                        of the claim conditions that apply.
     *  @param data                           Arbitrary bytes data that can be leveraged in the implementation of this interface.
     */
    function claim(
        address receiver,
        uint256 quantity,
        address currency,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        AllowlistProof calldata allowlistProof,
        bytes memory data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     *  @notice Lets a contract admin (account with `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`) set claim conditions.
     *
     *  @param phases                   Claim conditions in ascending order by `startTimestamp`.
     *
     *  @param resetClaimEligibility    Whether to honor the restrictions applied to wallets who have claimed tokens in the current conditions,
     *                                  in the new claim conditions being set.
     *
     */
    function setClaimConditions(ClaimCondition[] calldata phases, bool resetClaimEligibility) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `LazyMint` is a contract extension for any base NFT contract. It lets you 'lazy mint' any number of NFTs
 *  at once. Here, 'lazy mint' means defining the metadata for particular tokenIds of your NFT contract, without actually
 *  minting a non-zero balance of NFTs of those tokenIds.
 */
interface ILazyMint {
    /// @dev Emitted when tokens are lazy minted.
    event TokensLazyMinted(uint256 indexed startTokenId, uint256 endTokenId, string baseURI, bytes encryptedBaseURI);
    /**
     *  @notice Lazy mints a given amount of NFTs.
     *
     *  @param amount           The number of NFTs to lazy mint.
     *
     *  @param baseURIForTokens The base URI for the 'n' number of NFTs being lazy minted, where the metadata for each
     *                          of those NFTs is `${baseURIForTokens}/${tokenId}`.
     *
     *  @param extraData        Additional bytes data to be used at the discretion of the consumer of the contract.
     *
     *  @return batchId         A unique integer identifier for the batch of NFTs lazy minted together.
     */
    function lazyMint(
        uint256 amount,
        string calldata baseURIForTokens,
        bytes calldata extraData
    ) external returns (uint256 batchId);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev Provides a function to batch together multiple calls in a single external call.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
interface IMulticall {
    /**
     * @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external returns (bytes[] memory results);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `Ownable` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  who the 'owner' of the inheriting smart contract is, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses
 *  information about who the contract's owner is.
 */
interface IOwnable {
    /// @dev Returns the owner of the contract.
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a module admin.
    function setOwner(address _newOwner) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when a new Owner is set.
    event OwnerUpdated(address indexed prevOwner, address indexed newOwner);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IPermissions {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./IPermissions.sol";
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IPermissionsEnumerable is IPermissions {
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * [forum post](https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296)
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `PlatformFee` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  the recipient of platform fee and the platform fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
 *  that uses information about platform fees, if desired.
 */
interface IPlatformFee {
    /// @dev Fee type variants: percentage fee and flat fee
    enum PlatformFeeType {
        Bps,
        Flat
    }
    /// @dev Returns the platform fee bps and recipient.
    function getPlatformFeeInfo() external view returns (address, uint16);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin update the fees on primary sales.
    function setPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _platformFeeBps) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when fee on primary sales is updated.
    event PlatformFeeInfoUpdated(address indexed platformFeeRecipient, uint256 platformFeeBps);
    /// @dev Emitted when the flat platform fee is updated.
    event FlatPlatformFeeUpdated(address platformFeeRecipient, uint256 flatFee);
    /// @dev Emitted when the platform fee type is updated.
    event PlatformFeeTypeUpdated(PlatformFeeType feeType);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `Primary` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  the recipient of primary sales, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses information about
 *  primary sales, if desired.
 */
interface IPrimarySale {
    /// @dev The adress that receives all primary sales value.
    function primarySaleRecipient() external view returns (address);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin set the default recipient of all primary sales.
    function setPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when a new sale recipient is set.
    event PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(address indexed recipient);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../eip/interface/IERC2981.sol";
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `Royalty` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  the recipient of royalty fee and the royalty fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
 *  that uses information about royalty fees, if desired.
 *
 *  The `Royalty` contract is ERC2981 compliant.
 */
interface IRoyalty is IERC2981 {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address recipient;
        uint256 bps;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the royalty recipient and fee bps.
    function getDefaultRoyaltyInfo() external view returns (address, uint16);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin update the royalty bps and recipient.
    function setDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) external;
    /// @dev Lets a module admin set the royalty recipient for a particular token Id.
    function setRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 tokenId, address recipient, uint256 bps) external;
    /// @dev Returns the royalty recipient for a particular token Id.
    function getRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address, uint16);
    /// @dev Emitted when royalty info is updated.
    event DefaultRoyalty(address indexed newRoyaltyRecipient, uint256 newRoyaltyBps);
    /// @dev Emitted when royalty recipient for tokenId is set
    event RoyaltyForToken(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed royaltyRecipient, uint256 royaltyBps);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.0 (metatx/ERC2771Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.11;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Context variant with ERC2771 support.
 */
abstract contract ERC2771ContextUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    mapping(address => bool) private _trustedForwarder;
    function __ERC2771Context_init(address[] memory trustedForwarder) internal onlyInitializing {
        __Context_init_unchained();
        __ERC2771Context_init_unchained(trustedForwarder);
    }
    function __ERC2771Context_init_unchained(address[] memory trustedForwarder) internal onlyInitializing {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < trustedForwarder.length; i++) {
            _trustedForwarder[trustedForwarder[i]] = true;
        }
    }
    function isTrustedForwarder(address forwarder) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _trustedForwarder[forwarder];
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual override returns (address sender) {
        if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
            // The assembly code is more direct than the Solidity version using `abi.decode`.
            assembly {
                sender := shr(96, calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), 20)))
            }
        } else {
            return super._msgSender();
        }
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual override returns (bytes calldata) {
        if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
            return msg.data[:msg.data.length - 20];
        } else {
            return super._msgData();
        }
    }
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../../../../eip/interface/IERC20.sol";
import { Address } from "../../../../../lib/Address.sol";
/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20 {
    using Address for address;
    function safeTransfer(IERC20 token, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(IERC20 token, address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
     * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
     *
     * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
     * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
     */
    function safeApprove(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
        // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
        // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
        require(
            (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
            "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
        );
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
    }
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender) + value;
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
    }
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
            uint256 newAllowance = oldAllowance - value;
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address.functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // Return data is optional
            require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IWETH {
    function deposit() external payable;
    function withdraw(uint256 amount) external;
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/// @author thirdweb, OpenZeppelin Contracts (v4.9.0)
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     *
     * Furthermore, `isContract` will also return true if the target contract within
     * the same transaction is already scheduled for destruction by `SELFDESTRUCT`,
     * which only has an effect at the end of a transaction.
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.0/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
// Helper interfaces
import { IWETH } from "../infra/interface/IWETH.sol";
import { SafeERC20, IERC20 } from "../external-deps/openzeppelin/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
library CurrencyTransferLib {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    error CurrencyTransferLibMismatchedValue(uint256 expected, uint256 actual);
    error CurrencyTransferLibFailedNativeTransfer(address recipient, uint256 value);
    /// @dev The address interpreted as native token of the chain.
    address public constant NATIVE_TOKEN = 0xEeeeeEeeeEeEeeEeEeEeeEEEeeeeEeeeeeeeEEeE;
    /// @dev Transfers a given amount of currency.
    function transferCurrency(address _currency, address _from, address _to, uint256 _amount) internal {
        if (_amount == 0) {
            return;
        }
        if (_currency == NATIVE_TOKEN) {
            safeTransferNativeToken(_to, _amount);
        } else {
            safeTransferERC20(_currency, _from, _to, _amount);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfers a given amount of currency. (With native token wrapping)
    function transferCurrencyWithWrapper(
        address _currency,
        address _from,
        address _to,
        uint256 _amount,
        address _nativeTokenWrapper
    ) internal {
        if (_amount == 0) {
            return;
        }
        if (_currency == NATIVE_TOKEN) {
            if (_from == address(this)) {
                // withdraw from weth then transfer withdrawn native token to recipient
                IWETH(_nativeTokenWrapper).withdraw(_amount);
                safeTransferNativeTokenWithWrapper(_to, _amount, _nativeTokenWrapper);
            } else if (_to == address(this)) {
                // store native currency in weth
                if (_amount != msg.value) {
                    revert CurrencyTransferLibMismatchedValue(msg.value, _amount);
                }
                IWETH(_nativeTokenWrapper).deposit{ value: _amount }();
            } else {
                safeTransferNativeTokenWithWrapper(_to, _amount, _nativeTokenWrapper);
            }
        } else {
            safeTransferERC20(_currency, _from, _to, _amount);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfer `amount` of ERC20 token from `from` to `to`.
    function safeTransferERC20(address _currency, address _from, address _to, uint256 _amount) internal {
        if (_from == _to) {
            return;
        }
        if (_from == address(this)) {
            IERC20(_currency).safeTransfer(_to, _amount);
        } else {
            IERC20(_currency).safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _amount);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfers `amount` of native token to `to`.
    function safeTransferNativeToken(address to, uint256 value) internal {
        // solhint-disable avoid-low-level-calls
        // slither-disable-next-line low-level-calls
        (bool success, ) = to.call{ value: value }("");
        if (!success) {
            revert CurrencyTransferLibFailedNativeTransfer(to, value);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfers `amount` of native token to `to`. (With native token wrapping)
    function safeTransferNativeTokenWithWrapper(address to, uint256 value, address _nativeTokenWrapper) internal {
        // solhint-disable avoid-low-level-calls
        // slither-disable-next-line low-level-calls
        (bool success, ) = to.call{ value: value }("");
        if (!success) {
            IWETH(_nativeTokenWrapper).deposit{ value: value }();
            IERC20(_nativeTokenWrapper).safeTransfer(to, value);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author OpenZeppelin, thirdweb
library MerkleProof {
    function verify(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 root, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        uint256 index = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            index *= 2;
            bytes32 proofElement = proof[i];
            if (computedHash <= proofElement) {
                // Hash(current computed hash + current element of the proof)
                computedHash = _efficientHash(computedHash, proofElement);
            } else {
                // Hash(current element of the proof + current computed hash)
                computedHash = _efficientHash(proofElement, computedHash);
                index += 1;
            }
        }
        // Check if the computed hash (root) is equal to the provided root
        return (computedHash == root, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Implementation of keccak256(abi.encode(a, b)) that doesn't allocate or expand memory.
     */
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the hexadecimal representation of `value`.
    /// The output is prefixed with "0x", encoded using 2 hexadecimal digits per byte,
    /// and the alphabets are capitalized conditionally according to
    /// https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-55
    function toHexStringChecksummed(address value) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        str = toHexString(value);
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let mask := shl(6, div(not(0), 255)) // `0b010000000100000000 ...`
            let o := add(str, 0x22)
            let hashed := and(keccak256(o, 40), mul(34, mask)) // `0b10001000 ... `
            let t := shl(240, 136) // `0b10001000 << 240`
            for {
                let i := 0
            } 1 {
            } {
                mstore(add(i, i), mul(t, byte(i, hashed)))
                i := add(i, 1)
                if eq(i, 20) {
                    break
                }
            }
            mstore(o, xor(mload(o), shr(1, and(mload(0x00), and(mload(o), mask)))))
            o := add(o, 0x20)
            mstore(o, xor(mload(o), shr(1, and(mload(0x20), and(mload(o), mask)))))
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the hexadecimal representation of `value`.
    /// The output is prefixed with "0x" and encoded using 2 hexadecimal digits per byte.
    function toHexString(address value) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        str = toHexStringNoPrefix(value);
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let strLength := add(mload(str), 2) // Compute the length.
            mstore(str, 0x3078) // Write the "0x" prefix.
            str := sub(str, 2) // Move the pointer.
            mstore(str, strLength) // Write the length.
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the hexadecimal representation of `value`.
    /// The output is encoded using 2 hexadecimal digits per byte.
    function toHexStringNoPrefix(address value) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            str := mload(0x40)
            // Allocate the memory.
            // We need 0x20 bytes for the trailing zeros padding, 0x20 bytes for the length,
            // 0x02 bytes for the prefix, and 0x28 bytes for the digits.
            // The next multiple of 0x20 above (0x20 + 0x20 + 0x02 + 0x28) is 0x80.
            mstore(0x40, add(str, 0x80))
            // Store "0123456789abcdef" in scratch space.
            mstore(0x0f, 0x30313233343536373839616263646566)
            str := add(str, 2)
            mstore(str, 40)
            let o := add(str, 0x20)
            mstore(add(o, 40), 0)
            value := shl(96, value)
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            for {
                let i := 0
            } 1 {
            } {
                let p := add(o, add(i, i))
                let temp := byte(i, value)
                mstore8(add(p, 1), mload(and(temp, 15)))
                mstore8(p, mload(shr(4, temp)))
                i := add(i, 1)
                if eq(i, 20) {
                    break
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the hex encoded string from the raw bytes.
    /// The output is encoded using 2 hexadecimal digits per byte.
    function toHexString(bytes memory raw) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        str = toHexStringNoPrefix(raw);
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let strLength := add(mload(str), 2) // Compute the length.
            mstore(str, 0x3078) // Write the "0x" prefix.
            str := sub(str, 2) // Move the pointer.
            mstore(str, strLength) // Write the length.
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the hex encoded string from the raw bytes.
    /// The output is encoded using 2 hexadecimal digits per byte.
    function toHexStringNoPrefix(bytes memory raw) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let length := mload(raw)
            str := add(mload(0x40), 2) // Skip 2 bytes for the optional prefix.
            mstore(str, add(length, length)) // Store the length of the output.
            // Store "0123456789abcdef" in scratch space.
            mstore(0x0f, 0x30313233343536373839616263646566)
            let o := add(str, 0x20)
            let end := add(raw, length)
            for {
            } iszero(eq(raw, end)) {
            } {
                raw := add(raw, 1)
                mstore8(add(o, 1), mload(and(mload(raw), 15)))
                mstore8(o, mload(and(shr(4, mload(raw)), 15)))
                o := add(o, 2)
            }
            mstore(o, 0) // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(0x40, add(o, 0x20)) // Allocate the memory.
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.11;
/// @author thirdweb
//   $$\\     $$\\       $$\\                 $$\\                         $$\\
//   $$ |    $$ |      \\__|                $$ |                        $$ |
// $$$$$$\\   $$$$$$$\\  $$\\  $$$$$$\\   $$$$$$$ |$$\\  $$\\  $$\\  $$$$$$\\  $$$$$$$\\
// \\_$$  _|  $$  __$$\\ $$ |$$  __$$\\ $$  __$$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$  __$$\\ $$  __$$\\
//   $$ |    $$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |  \\__|$$ /  $$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$$$$$$$ |$$ |  $$ |
//   $$ |$$\\ $$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |      $$ |  $$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$   ____|$$ |  $$ |
//   \\$$$$  |$$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |      \\$$$$$$$ |\\$$$$$\\$$$$  |\\$$$$$$$\\ $$$$$$$  |
//    \\____/ \\__|  \\__|\\__|\\__|       \\_______| \\_____\\____/  \\_______|\\_______/
//  ==========  External imports    ==========
import "../../extension/Multicall.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../eip/ERC721AVirtualApproveUpgradeable.sol";
//  ==========  Internal imports    ==========
import "../../external-deps/openzeppelin/metatx/ERC2771ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../lib/CurrencyTransferLib.sol";
//  ==========  Features    ==========
import "../../extension/ContractMetadata.sol";
import "../../extension/PlatformFee.sol";
import "../../extension/Royalty.sol";
import "../../extension/PrimarySale.sol";
import "../../extension/Ownable.sol";
import "../../extension/DelayedReveal.sol";
import "../../extension/LazyMint.sol";
import "../../extension/PermissionsEnumerable.sol";
import "../../extension/Drop.sol";
contract DropERC721 is
    Initializable,
    ContractMetadata,
    PlatformFee,
    Royalty,
    PrimarySale,
    Ownable,
    DelayedReveal,
    LazyMint,
    PermissionsEnumerable,
    Drop,
    ERC2771ContextUpgradeable,
    Multicall,
    ERC721AUpgradeable
{
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            State variables
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Only transfers to or from TRANSFER_ROLE holders are valid, when transfers are restricted.
    bytes32 private transferRole;
    /// @dev Only MINTER_ROLE holders can sign off on `MintRequest`s and lazy mint tokens.
    bytes32 private minterRole;
    /// @dev Only METADATA_ROLE holders can reveal the URI for a batch of delayed reveal NFTs, and update or freeze batch metadata.
    bytes32 private metadataRole;
    /// @dev Max bps in the thirdweb system.
    uint256 private constant MAX_BPS = 10_000;
    /// @dev Global max total supply of NFTs.
    uint256 public maxTotalSupply;
    /// @dev Emitted when the global max supply of tokens is updated.
    event MaxTotalSupplyUpdated(uint256 maxTotalSupply);
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                    Constructor + initializer logic
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor() initializer {}
    /// @dev Initializes the contract, like a constructor.
    function initialize(
        address _defaultAdmin,
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        string memory _contractURI,
        address[] memory _trustedForwarders,
        address _saleRecipient,
        address _royaltyRecipient,
        uint128 _royaltyBps,
        uint128 _platformFeeBps,
        address _platformFeeRecipient
    ) external initializer {
        bytes32 _transferRole = keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE");
        bytes32 _minterRole = keccak256("MINTER_ROLE");
        bytes32 _metadataRole = keccak256("METADATA_ROLE");
        // Initialize inherited contracts, most base-like -> most derived.
        __ERC2771Context_init(_trustedForwarders);
        __ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol);
        _setupContractURI(_contractURI);
        _setupOwner(_defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_minterRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_transferRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_transferRole, address(0));
        _setupRole(_metadataRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setRoleAdmin(_metadataRole, _metadataRole);
        _setupPlatformFeeInfo(_platformFeeRecipient, _platformFeeBps);
        _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
        _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(_saleRecipient);
        transferRole = _transferRole;
        minterRole = _minterRole;
        metadataRole = _metadataRole;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        ERC 165 / 721 / 2981 logic
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Returns the URI for a given tokenId.
    function tokenURI(uint256 _tokenId) public view override returns (string memory) {
        (uint256 batchId, ) = _getBatchId(_tokenId);
        string memory batchUri = _getBaseURI(_tokenId);
        if (isEncryptedBatch(batchId)) {
            return string(abi.encodePacked(batchUri, "0"));
        } else {
            return string(abi.encodePacked(batchUri, _tokenId.toString()));
        }
    }
    /// @dev See ERC 165
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view virtual override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Contract identifiers
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function contractType() external pure returns (bytes32) {
        return bytes32("DropERC721");
    }
    function contractVersion() external pure returns (uint8) {
        return uint8(4);
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                    Lazy minting + delayed-reveal logic
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     *  @dev Lets an account with `MINTER_ROLE` lazy mint 'n' NFTs.
     *       The URIs for each token is the provided `_baseURIForTokens` + `{tokenId}`.
     */
    function lazyMint(
        uint256 _amount,
        string calldata _baseURIForTokens,
        bytes calldata _data
    ) public override returns (uint256 batchId) {
        if (_data.length > 0) {
            (bytes memory encryptedURI, bytes32 provenanceHash) = abi.decode(_data, (bytes, bytes32));
            if (encryptedURI.length != 0 && provenanceHash != "") {
                _setEncryptedData(nextTokenIdToLazyMint + _amount, _data);
            }
        }
        return super.lazyMint(_amount, _baseURIForTokens, _data);
    }
    /// @dev Lets an account with `METADATA_ROLE` reveal the URI for a batch of 'delayed-reveal' NFTs.
    /// @param _index the ID of a token with the desired batch.
    /// @param _key the key to decrypt the batch's URI.
    function reveal(
        uint256 _index,
        bytes calldata _key
    ) external onlyRole(metadataRole) returns (string memory revealedURI) {
        uint256 batchId = getBatchIdAtIndex(_index);
        revealedURI = getRevealURI(batchId, _key);
        _setEncryptedData(batchId, "");
        _setBaseURI(batchId, revealedURI);
        emit TokenURIRevealed(_index, revealedURI);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates the base URI for a batch of tokens. Can only be called if the batch has been revealed/is not encrypted.
     *
     * @param _index Index of the desired batch in batchIds array
     * @param _uri   the new base URI for the batch.
     */
    function updateBatchBaseURI(uint256 _index, string calldata _uri) external onlyRole(metadataRole) {
        require(!isEncryptedBatch(getBatchIdAtIndex(_index)), "Encrypted batch");
        uint256 batchId = getBatchIdAtIndex(_index);
        _setBaseURI(batchId, _uri);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Freezes the base URI for a batch of tokens.
     *
     * @param _index Index of the desired batch in batchIds array.
     */
    function freezeBatchBaseURI(uint256 _index) external onlyRole(metadataRole) {
        require(!isEncryptedBatch(getBatchIdAtIndex(_index)), "Encrypted batch");
        uint256 batchId = getBatchIdAtIndex(_index);
        _freezeBaseURI(batchId);
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Setter functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the global maximum supply for collection's NFTs.
    function setMaxTotalSupply(uint256 _maxTotalSupply) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        maxTotalSupply = _maxTotalSupply;
        emit MaxTotalSupplyUpdated(_maxTotalSupply);
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Internal functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Runs before every `claim` function call.
    function _beforeClaim(
        address,
        uint256 _quantity,
        address,
        uint256,
        AllowlistProof calldata,
        bytes memory
    ) internal view override {
        require(_currentIndex + _quantity <= nextTokenIdToLazyMint, "!Tokens");
        require(maxTotalSupply == 0 || _currentIndex + _quantity <= maxTotalSupply, "!Supply");
    }
    /// @dev Collects and distributes the primary sale value of NFTs being claimed.
    function _collectPriceOnClaim(
        address _primarySaleRecipient,
        uint256 _quantityToClaim,
        address _currency,
        uint256 _pricePerToken
    ) internal override {
        if (_pricePerToken == 0) {
            require(msg.value == 0, "!V");
            return;
        }
        (address platformFeeRecipient, uint16 platformFeeBps) = getPlatformFeeInfo();
        address saleRecipient = _primarySaleRecipient == address(0) ? primarySaleRecipient() : _primarySaleRecipient;
        uint256 totalPrice = _quantityToClaim * _pricePerToken;
        uint256 platformFees = (totalPrice * platformFeeBps) / MAX_BPS;
        bool validMsgValue;
        if (_currency == CurrencyTransferLib.NATIVE_TOKEN) {
            validMsgValue = msg.value == totalPrice;
        } else {
            validMsgValue = msg.value == 0;
        }
        require(validMsgValue, "!V");
        CurrencyTransferLib.transferCurrency(_currency, _msgSender(), platformFeeRecipient, platformFees);
        CurrencyTransferLib.transferCurrency(_currency, _msgSender(), saleRecipient, totalPrice - platformFees);
    }
    /// @dev Transfers the NFTs being claimed.
    function _transferTokensOnClaim(
        address _to,
        uint256 _quantityBeingClaimed
    ) internal override returns (uint256 startTokenId) {
        startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        _safeMint(_to, _quantityBeingClaimed);
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether platform fee info can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetPlatformFeeInfo() internal view override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether primary sale recipient can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetPrimarySaleRecipient() internal view override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether owner can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetOwner() internal view override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether royalty info can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetRoyaltyInfo() internal view override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether contract metadata can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetContractURI() internal view override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether platform fee info can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetClaimConditions() internal view override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether lazy minting can be done in the given execution context.
    function _canLazyMint() internal view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(minterRole, _msgSender());
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Miscellaneous
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function totalMinted() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _totalMinted();
    }
    /// @dev The tokenId of the next NFT that will be minted / lazy minted.
    function nextTokenIdToMint() external view returns (uint256) {
        return nextTokenIdToLazyMint;
    }
    /// @dev The next token ID of the NFT that can be claimed.
    function nextTokenIdToClaim() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _currentIndex;
    }
    /// @dev Burns `tokenId`. See {ERC721-_burn}.
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) external virtual {
        // note: ERC721AUpgradeable's `_burn(uint256,bool)` internally checks for token approvals.
        _burn(tokenId, true);
    }
    /// @dev See {ERC721-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual override {
        super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // if transfer is restricted on the contract, we still want to allow burning and minting
        if (!hasRole(transferRole, address(0)) && from != address(0) && to != address(0)) {
            if (!hasRole(transferRole, from) && !hasRole(transferRole, to)) {
                revert("!Transfer-Role");
            }
        }
    }
    function _dropMsgSender() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _msgSender();
    }
    function _msgSender()
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override(ContextUpgradeable, ERC2771ContextUpgradeable, Multicall)
        returns (address sender)
    {
        return ERC2771ContextUpgradeable._msgSender();
    }
    function _msgData()
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override(ContextUpgradeable, ERC2771ContextUpgradeable)
        returns (bytes calldata)
    {
        return ERC2771ContextUpgradeable._msgData();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v3.3.0
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface of an ERC721A compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable, IERC721MetadataUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to their own address.
     */
    error ApproveToCaller();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to the current owner.
     */
    error ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Keeps track of the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
    }
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct AddressData {
        // Realistically, 2**64-1 is more than enough.
        uint64 balance;
        // Keeps track of mint count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberMinted;
        // Keeps track of burn count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberBurned;
        // For miscellaneous variable(s) pertaining to the address
        // (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
        // If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
        uint64 aux;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     * 
     * Burned tokens are calculated here, use `_totalMinted()` if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 salePrice
    ) external view returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```solidity
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 *
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized != type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data) external;
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721
     * or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must
     * understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721MetadataUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     *
     * Furthermore, `isContract` will also return true if the target contract within
     * the same transaction is already scheduled for destruction by `SELFDESTRUCT`,
     * which only has an effect at the end of a transaction.
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.0/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
import "./math/SignedMathUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library StringsUpgradeable {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = MathUpgradeable.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `int256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(int256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return string(abi.encodePacked(value < 0 ? "-" : "", toString(SignedMathUpgradeable.abs(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, MathUpgradeable.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the two strings are equal.
     */
    function equal(string memory a, string memory b) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return keccak256(bytes(a)) == keccak256(bytes(b));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library MathUpgradeable {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }
            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                // Solidity will revert if denominator == 0, unlike the div opcode on its own.
                // The surrounding unchecked block does not change this fact.
                // See https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/latest/control-structures.html#checked-or-unchecked-arithmetic.
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }
            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1, "Math: mulDiv overflow");
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }
            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)
                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }
            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);
        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10 ** 64) {
                value /= 10 ** 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 32) {
                value /= 10 ** 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 16) {
                value /= 10 ** 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 8) {
                value /= 10 ** 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 4) {
                value /= 10 ** 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 2) {
                value /= 10 ** 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10 ** result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result << 3) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/SignedMath.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Standard signed math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library SignedMathUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two signed numbers.
     */
    function max(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two signed numbers.
     */
    function min(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two signed numbers without overflow.
     * The result is rounded towards zero.
     */
    function average(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        // Formula from the book "Hacker's Delight"
        int256 x = (a & b) + ((a ^ b) >> 1);
        return x + (int256(uint256(x) >> 255) & (a ^ b));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the absolute unsigned value of a signed value.
     */
    function abs(int256 n) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            // must be unchecked in order to support `n = type(int256).min`
            return uint256(n >= 0 ? n : -n);
        }
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v3.3.0
// Creator: Chiru Labs
////////// CHANGELOG: turn `approve` to virtual //////////
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/IERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension. Built to optimize for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Assumes serials are sequentially minted starting at _startTokenId() (defaults to 0, e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3..).
 *
 * Assumes that an owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 *
 * Assumes that the maximum token id cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
    // The tokenId of the next token to be minted.
    uint256 internal _currentIndex;
    // The number of tokens burned.
    uint256 internal _burnCounter;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
    // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned. See _ownershipOf implementation for details.
    mapping(uint256 => TokenOwnership) internal _ownerships;
    // Mapping owner address to address data
    mapping(address => AddressData) private _addressData;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    /**
     * To change the starting tokenId, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than _currentIndex - _startTokenId() times
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _currentIndex does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to _startTokenId()
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Upgradeable).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721MetadataUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].balance);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberMinted);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberBurned);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return _addressData[owner].aux;
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal {
        _addressData[owner].aux = aux;
    }
    /**
     * Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around in the collection over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        uint256 curr = tokenId;
        unchecked {
            if (_startTokenId() <= curr)
                if (curr < _currentIndex) {
                    TokenOwnership memory ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                    if (!ownership.burned) {
                        if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                            return ownership;
                        }
                        // Invariant:
                        // There will always be an ownership that has an address and is not burned
                        // before an ownership that does not have an address and is not burned.
                        // Hence, curr will not underflow.
                        while (true) {
                            curr--;
                            ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                            if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                                return ownership;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721AUpgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (to == owner) revert ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        if (_msgSender() != owner)
            if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender())) {
                revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            }
        _approve(to, tokenId, owner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        if (operator == _msgSender()) revert ApproveToCaller();
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.isContract())
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _startTokenId() <= tokenId && tokenId < _currentIndex && !_ownerships[tokenId].burned;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     *   {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity, bytes memory _data) internal {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            if (to.isContract()) {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex);
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, updatedIndex, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                    updatedIndex += 1;
                } while (updatedIndex < end);
                // Reentrancy protection
                if (_currentIndex != startTokenId) revert();
            } else {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                } while (updatedIndex < end);
            }
            _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            do {
                emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
            } while (updatedIndex < end);
            _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) private {
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        if (prevOwnership.addr != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
            isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
            getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
        if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            _addressData[from].balance -= 1;
            _addressData[to].balance += 1;
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = to;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the transfer initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = prevOwnership.addr;
        if (approvalCheck) {
            bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
            if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            AddressData storage addressData = _addressData[from];
            addressData.balance -= 1;
            addressData.numberBurned += 1;
            // Keep track of who burned the token, and the timestamp of burning.
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = from;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            currSlot.burned = true;
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the burn initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            _burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits a {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId, address owner) private {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (
            bytes4 retval
        ) {
            return retval == IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token ids are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(address from, address to, uint256 startTokenId, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token ids have been transferred. This includes
     * minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(address from, address to, uint256 startTokenId, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[42] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * [EIP](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165).
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC20 interface
 * @dev see https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20
 */
interface IERC20 {
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    function balanceOf(address who) external view returns (uint256);
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    function approve(address spender, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be payed in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 salePrice
    ) external view returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  @title   Batch-mint Metadata
 *  @notice  The `BatchMintMetadata` is a contract extension for any base NFT contract. It lets the smart contract
 *           using this extension set metadata for `n` number of NFTs all at once. This is enabled by storing a single
 *           base URI for a batch of `n` NFTs, where the metadata for each NFT in a relevant batch is `baseURI/tokenId`.
 */
contract BatchMintMetadata {
    /// @dev Invalid index for batch
    error BatchMintInvalidBatchId(uint256 index);
    /// @dev Invalid token
    error BatchMintInvalidTokenId(uint256 tokenId);
    /// @dev Metadata frozen
    error BatchMintMetadataFrozen(uint256 batchId);
    /// @dev Largest tokenId of each batch of tokens with the same baseURI + 1 {ex: batchId 100 at position 0 includes tokens 0-99}
    uint256[] private batchIds;
    /// @dev Mapping from id of a batch of tokens => to base URI for the respective batch of tokens.
    mapping(uint256 => string) private baseURI;
    /// @dev Mapping from id of a batch of tokens => to whether the base URI for the respective batch of tokens is frozen.
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public batchFrozen;
    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of all tokens are frozen.
    /// While not currently supported by marketplaces, this event allows
    /// future indexing if desired.
    event MetadataFrozen();
    // @dev This event emits when the metadata of a range of tokens is updated.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFTs.
    event BatchMetadataUpdate(uint256 _fromTokenId, uint256 _toTokenId);
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns the count of batches of NFTs.
     *  @dev            Each batch of tokens has an in ID and an associated `baseURI`.
     *                  See {batchIds}.
     */
    function getBaseURICount() public view returns (uint256) {
        return batchIds.length;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns the ID for the batch of tokens at the given index.
     *  @dev            See {getBaseURICount}.
     *  @param _index   Index of the desired batch in batchIds array.
     */
    function getBatchIdAtIndex(uint256 _index) public view returns (uint256) {
        if (_index >= getBaseURICount()) {
            revert BatchMintInvalidBatchId(_index);
        }
        return batchIds[_index];
    }
    /// @dev Returns the id for the batch of tokens the given tokenId belongs to.
    function _getBatchId(uint256 _tokenId) internal view returns (uint256 batchId, uint256 index) {
        uint256 numOfTokenBatches = getBaseURICount();
        uint256[] memory indices = batchIds;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numOfTokenBatches; i += 1) {
            if (_tokenId < indices[i]) {
                index = i;
                batchId = indices[i];
                return (batchId, index);
            }
        }
        revert BatchMintInvalidTokenId(_tokenId);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the baseURI for a token. The intended metadata URI for the token is baseURI + tokenId.
    function _getBaseURI(uint256 _tokenId) internal view returns (string memory) {
        uint256 numOfTokenBatches = getBaseURICount();
        uint256[] memory indices = batchIds;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numOfTokenBatches; i += 1) {
            if (_tokenId < indices[i]) {
                return baseURI[indices[i]];
            }
        }
        revert BatchMintInvalidTokenId(_tokenId);
    }
    /// @dev returns the starting tokenId of a given batchId.
    function _getBatchStartId(uint256 _batchID) internal view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 numOfTokenBatches = getBaseURICount();
        uint256[] memory indices = batchIds;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numOfTokenBatches; i++) {
            if (_batchID == indices[i]) {
                if (i > 0) {
                    return indices[i - 1];
                }
                return 0;
            }
        }
        revert BatchMintInvalidBatchId(_batchID);
    }
    /// @dev Sets the base URI for the batch of tokens with the given batchId.
    function _setBaseURI(uint256 _batchId, string memory _baseURI) internal {
        if (batchFrozen[_batchId]) {
            revert BatchMintMetadataFrozen(_batchId);
        }
        baseURI[_batchId] = _baseURI;
        emit BatchMetadataUpdate(_getBatchStartId(_batchId), _batchId);
    }
    /// @dev Freezes the base URI for the batch of tokens with the given batchId.
    function _freezeBaseURI(uint256 _batchId) internal {
        string memory baseURIForBatch = baseURI[_batchId];
        if (bytes(baseURIForBatch).length == 0) {
            revert BatchMintInvalidBatchId(_batchId);
        }
        batchFrozen[_batchId] = true;
        emit MetadataFrozen();
    }
    /// @dev Mints a batch of tokenIds and associates a common baseURI to all those Ids.
    function _batchMintMetadata(
        uint256 _startId,
        uint256 _amountToMint,
        string memory _baseURIForTokens
    ) internal returns (uint256 nextTokenIdToMint, uint256 batchId) {
        batchId = _startId + _amountToMint;
        nextTokenIdToMint = batchId;
        batchIds.push(batchId);
        baseURI[batchId] = _baseURIForTokens;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IContractMetadata.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Contract Metadata
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `ContractMetadata` is a contract extension for any base contracts. It lets you set a metadata URI
 *           for you contract.
 *           Additionally, `ContractMetadata` is necessary for NFT contracts that want royalties to get distributed on OpenSea.
 */
abstract contract ContractMetadata is IContractMetadata {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error ContractMetadataUnauthorized();
    /// @notice Returns the contract metadata URI.
    string public override contractURI;
    /**
     *  @notice         Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to setup contractURI, e.g. contract admin.
     *                  See {_canSetContractURI}.
     *                  Emits {ContractURIUpdated Event}.
     *
     *  @param _uri     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     */
    function setContractURI(string memory _uri) external override {
        if (!_canSetContractURI()) {
            revert ContractMetadataUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupContractURI(_uri);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the URI for contract-level metadata.
    function _setupContractURI(string memory _uri) internal {
        string memory prevURI = contractURI;
        contractURI = _uri;
        emit ContractURIUpdated(prevURI, _uri);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether contract metadata can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetContractURI() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IDelayedReveal.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Delayed Reveal
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `DelayedReveal` is a contract extension for base NFT contracts. It lets you create batches of
 *           'delayed-reveal' NFTs. You can learn more about the usage of delayed reveal NFTs here - https://blog.thirdweb.com/delayed-reveal-nfts
 */
abstract contract DelayedReveal is IDelayedReveal {
    /// @dev The contract doesn't have any url to be delayed revealed
    error DelayedRevealNothingToReveal();
    /// @dev The result of the returned an incorrect hash
    error DelayedRevealIncorrectResultHash(bytes32 expected, bytes32 actual);
    /// @dev Mapping from tokenId of a batch of tokens => to delayed reveal data.
    mapping(uint256 => bytes) public encryptedData;
    /// @dev Sets the delayed reveal data for a batchId.
    function _setEncryptedData(uint256 _batchId, bytes memory _encryptedData) internal {
        encryptedData[_batchId] = _encryptedData;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice             Returns revealed URI for a batch of NFTs.
     *  @dev                Reveal encrypted base URI for `_batchId` with caller/admin's `_key` used for encryption.
     *                      Reverts if there's no encrypted URI for `_batchId`.
     *                      See {encryptDecrypt}.
     *
     *  @param _batchId     ID of the batch for which URI is being revealed.
     *  @param _key         Secure key used by caller/admin for encryption of baseURI.
     *
     *  @return revealedURI Decrypted base URI.
     */
    function getRevealURI(uint256 _batchId, bytes calldata _key) public view returns (string memory revealedURI) {
        bytes memory data = encryptedData[_batchId];
        if (data.length == 0) {
            revert DelayedRevealNothingToReveal();
        }
        (bytes memory encryptedURI, bytes32 provenanceHash) = abi.decode(data, (bytes, bytes32));
        revealedURI = string(encryptDecrypt(encryptedURI, _key));
        if (keccak256(abi.encodePacked(revealedURI, _key, block.chainid)) != provenanceHash) {
            revert DelayedRevealIncorrectResultHash(
                provenanceHash,
                keccak256(abi.encodePacked(revealedURI, _key, block.chainid))
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Encrypt/decrypt data on chain.
     *  @dev            Encrypt/decrypt given `data` with `key`. Uses inline assembly.
     *                  See: https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/questions/69825/decrypt-message-on-chain
     *
     *  @param data     Bytes of data to encrypt/decrypt.
     *  @param key      Secure key used by caller for encryption/decryption.
     *
     *  @return result  Output after encryption/decryption of given data.
     */
    function encryptDecrypt(bytes memory data, bytes calldata key) public pure override returns (bytes memory result) {
        // Store data length on stack for later use
        uint256 length = data.length;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            // Set result to free memory pointer
            result := mload(0x40)
            // Increase free memory pointer by lenght + 32
            mstore(0x40, add(add(result, length), 32))
            // Set result length
            mstore(result, length)
        }
        // Iterate over the data stepping by 32 bytes
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; i += 32) {
            // Generate hash of the key and offset
            bytes32 hash = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(key, i));
            bytes32 chunk;
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                // Read 32-bytes data chunk
                chunk := mload(add(data, add(i, 32)))
            }
            // XOR the chunk with hash
            chunk ^= hash;
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                // Write 32-byte encrypted chunk
                mstore(add(result, add(i, 32)), chunk)
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns whether the relvant batch of NFTs is subject to a delayed reveal.
     *  @dev            Returns `true` if `_batchId`'s base URI is encrypted.
     *  @param _batchId ID of a batch of NFTs.
     */
    function isEncryptedBatch(uint256 _batchId) public view returns (bool) {
        return encryptedData[_batchId].length > 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IDrop.sol";
import "../lib/MerkleProof.sol";
abstract contract Drop is IDrop {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error DropUnauthorized();
    /// @dev Exceeded the max token total supply
    error DropExceedMaxSupply();
    /// @dev No active claim condition
    error DropNoActiveCondition();
    /// @dev Claim condition invalid currency or price
    error DropClaimInvalidTokenPrice(
        address expectedCurrency,
        uint256 expectedPricePerToken,
        address actualCurrency,
        uint256 actualExpectedPricePerToken
    );
    /// @dev Claim condition exceeded limit
    error DropClaimExceedLimit(uint256 expected, uint256 actual);
    /// @dev Claim condition exceeded max supply
    error DropClaimExceedMaxSupply(uint256 expected, uint256 actual);
    /// @dev Claim condition not started yet
    error DropClaimNotStarted(uint256 expected, uint256 actual);
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            State variables
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev The active conditions for claiming tokens.
    ClaimConditionList public claimCondition;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            Drop logic
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Lets an account claim tokens.
    function claim(
        address _receiver,
        uint256 _quantity,
        address _currency,
        uint256 _pricePerToken,
        AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        _beforeClaim(_receiver, _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken, _allowlistProof, _data);
        uint256 activeConditionId = getActiveClaimConditionId();
        verifyClaim(activeConditionId, _dropMsgSender(), _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken, _allowlistProof);
        // Update contract state.
        claimCondition.conditions[activeConditionId].supplyClaimed += _quantity;
        claimCondition.supplyClaimedByWallet[activeConditionId][_dropMsgSender()] += _quantity;
        // If there's a price, collect price.
        _collectPriceOnClaim(address(0), _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken);
        // Mint the relevant tokens to claimer.
        uint256 startTokenId = _transferTokensOnClaim(_receiver, _quantity);
        emit TokensClaimed(activeConditionId, _dropMsgSender(), _receiver, startTokenId, _quantity);
        _afterClaim(_receiver, _quantity, _currency, _pricePerToken, _allowlistProof, _data);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set claim conditions.
    function setClaimConditions(
        ClaimCondition[] calldata _conditions,
        bool _resetClaimEligibility
    ) external virtual override {
        if (!_canSetClaimConditions()) {
            revert DropUnauthorized();
        }
        uint256 existingStartIndex = claimCondition.currentStartId;
        uint256 existingPhaseCount = claimCondition.count;
        /**
         *  The mapping `supplyClaimedByWallet` uses a claim condition's UID as a key.
         *
         *  If `_resetClaimEligibility == true`, we assign completely new UIDs to the claim
         *  conditions in `_conditions`, effectively resetting the restrictions on claims expressed
         *  by `supplyClaimedByWallet`.
         */
        uint256 newStartIndex = existingStartIndex;
        if (_resetClaimEligibility) {
            newStartIndex = existingStartIndex + existingPhaseCount;
        }
        claimCondition.count = _conditions.length;
        claimCondition.currentStartId = newStartIndex;
        uint256 lastConditionStartTimestamp;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _conditions.length; i++) {
            require(i == 0 || lastConditionStartTimestamp < _conditions[i].startTimestamp, "ST");
            uint256 supplyClaimedAlready = claimCondition.conditions[newStartIndex + i].supplyClaimed;
            if (supplyClaimedAlready > _conditions[i].maxClaimableSupply) {
                revert DropExceedMaxSupply();
            }
            claimCondition.conditions[newStartIndex + i] = _conditions[i];
            claimCondition.conditions[newStartIndex + i].supplyClaimed = supplyClaimedAlready;
            lastConditionStartTimestamp = _conditions[i].startTimestamp;
        }
        /**
         *  Gas refunds (as much as possible)
         *
         *  If `_resetClaimEligibility == true`, we assign completely new UIDs to the claim
         *  conditions in `_conditions`. So, we delete claim conditions with UID < `newStartIndex`.
         *
         *  If `_resetClaimEligibility == false`, and there are more existing claim conditions
         *  than in `_conditions`, we delete the existing claim conditions that don't get replaced
         *  by the conditions in `_conditions`.
         */
        if (_resetClaimEligibility) {
            for (uint256 i = existingStartIndex; i < newStartIndex; i++) {
                delete claimCondition.conditions[i];
            }
        } else {
            if (existingPhaseCount > _conditions.length) {
                for (uint256 i = _conditions.length; i < existingPhaseCount; i++) {
                    delete claimCondition.conditions[newStartIndex + i];
                }
            }
        }
        emit ClaimConditionsUpdated(_conditions, _resetClaimEligibility);
    }
    /// @dev Checks a request to claim NFTs against the active claim condition's criteria.
    function verifyClaim(
        uint256 _conditionId,
        address _claimer,
        uint256 _quantity,
        address _currency,
        uint256 _pricePerToken,
        AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof
    ) public view virtual returns (bool isOverride) {
        ClaimCondition memory currentClaimPhase = claimCondition.conditions[_conditionId];
        uint256 claimLimit = currentClaimPhase.quantityLimitPerWallet;
        uint256 claimPrice = currentClaimPhase.pricePerToken;
        address claimCurrency = currentClaimPhase.currency;
        /*
         * Here `isOverride` implies that if the merkle proof verification fails,
         * the claimer would claim through open claim limit instead of allowlisted limit.
         */
        if (currentClaimPhase.merkleRoot != bytes32(0)) {
            (isOverride, ) = MerkleProof.verify(
                _allowlistProof.proof,
                currentClaimPhase.merkleRoot,
                keccak256(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        _claimer,
                        _allowlistProof.quantityLimitPerWallet,
                        _allowlistProof.pricePerToken,
                        _allowlistProof.currency
                    )
                )
            );
        }
        if (isOverride) {
            claimLimit = _allowlistProof.quantityLimitPerWallet != 0
                ? _allowlistProof.quantityLimitPerWallet
                : claimLimit;
            claimPrice = _allowlistProof.pricePerToken != type(uint256).max
                ? _allowlistProof.pricePerToken
                : claimPrice;
            claimCurrency = _allowlistProof.pricePerToken != type(uint256).max && _allowlistProof.currency != address(0)
                ? _allowlistProof.currency
                : claimCurrency;
        }
        uint256 supplyClaimedByWallet = claimCondition.supplyClaimedByWallet[_conditionId][_claimer];
        if (_currency != claimCurrency || _pricePerToken != claimPrice) {
            revert DropClaimInvalidTokenPrice(_currency, _pricePerToken, claimCurrency, claimPrice);
        }
        if (_quantity == 0 || (_quantity + supplyClaimedByWallet > claimLimit)) {
            revert DropClaimExceedLimit(claimLimit, _quantity + supplyClaimedByWallet);
        }
        if (currentClaimPhase.supplyClaimed + _quantity > currentClaimPhase.maxClaimableSupply) {
            revert DropClaimExceedMaxSupply(
                currentClaimPhase.maxClaimableSupply,
                currentClaimPhase.supplyClaimed + _quantity
            );
        }
        if (currentClaimPhase.startTimestamp > block.timestamp) {
            revert DropClaimNotStarted(currentClaimPhase.startTimestamp, block.timestamp);
        }
    }
    /// @dev At any given moment, returns the uid for the active claim condition.
    function getActiveClaimConditionId() public view returns (uint256) {
        for (uint256 i = claimCondition.currentStartId + claimCondition.count; i > claimCondition.currentStartId; i--) {
            if (block.timestamp >= claimCondition.conditions[i - 1].startTimestamp) {
                return i - 1;
            }
        }
        revert DropNoActiveCondition();
    }
    /// @dev Returns the claim condition at the given uid.
    function getClaimConditionById(uint256 _conditionId) external view returns (ClaimCondition memory condition) {
        condition = claimCondition.conditions[_conditionId];
    }
    /// @dev Returns the supply claimed by claimer for a given conditionId.
    function getSupplyClaimedByWallet(
        uint256 _conditionId,
        address _claimer
    ) public view returns (uint256 supplyClaimedByWallet) {
        supplyClaimedByWallet = claimCondition.supplyClaimedByWallet[_conditionId][_claimer];
    }
    /*////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
        Optional hooks that can be implemented in the derived contract
    ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Exposes the ability to override the msg sender.
    function _dropMsgSender() internal virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    /// @dev Runs before every `claim` function call.
    function _beforeClaim(
        address _receiver,
        uint256 _quantity,
        address _currency,
        uint256 _pricePerToken,
        AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {}
    /// @dev Runs after every `claim` function call.
    function _afterClaim(
        address _receiver,
        uint256 _quantity,
        address _currency,
        uint256 _pricePerToken,
        AllowlistProof calldata _allowlistProof,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {}
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
        Virtual functions: to be implemented in derived contract
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Collects and distributes the primary sale value of NFTs being claimed.
    function _collectPriceOnClaim(
        address _primarySaleRecipient,
        uint256 _quantityToClaim,
        address _currency,
        uint256 _pricePerToken
    ) internal virtual;
    /// @dev Transfers the NFTs being claimed.
    function _transferTokensOnClaim(
        address _to,
        uint256 _quantityBeingClaimed
    ) internal virtual returns (uint256 startTokenId);
    /// @dev Determine what wallet can update claim conditions
    function _canSetClaimConditions() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/ILazyMint.sol";
import "./BatchMintMetadata.sol";
/**
 *  The `LazyMint` is a contract extension for any base NFT contract. It lets you 'lazy mint' any number of NFTs
 *  at once. Here, 'lazy mint' means defining the metadata for particular tokenIds of your NFT contract, without actually
 *  minting a non-zero balance of NFTs of those tokenIds.
 */
abstract contract LazyMint is ILazyMint, BatchMintMetadata {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error LazyMintUnauthorized();
    error LazyMintInvalidAmount();
    /// @notice The tokenId assigned to the next new NFT to be lazy minted.
    uint256 internal nextTokenIdToLazyMint;
    /**
     *  @notice                  Lets an authorized address lazy mint a given amount of NFTs.
     *
     *  @param _amount           The number of NFTs to lazy mint.
     *  @param _baseURIForTokens The base URI for the 'n' number of NFTs being lazy minted, where the metadata for each
     *                           of those NFTs is `${baseURIForTokens}/${tokenId}`.
     *  @param _data             Additional bytes data to be used at the discretion of the consumer of the contract.
     *  @return batchId          A unique integer identifier for the batch of NFTs lazy minted together.
     */
    function lazyMint(
        uint256 _amount,
        string calldata _baseURIForTokens,
        bytes calldata _data
    ) public virtual override returns (uint256 batchId) {
        if (!_canLazyMint()) {
            revert LazyMintUnauthorized();
        }
        if (_amount == 0) {
            revert LazyMintInvalidAmount();
        }
        uint256 startId = nextTokenIdToLazyMint;
        (nextTokenIdToLazyMint, batchId) = _batchMintMetadata(startId, _amount, _baseURIForTokens);
        emit TokensLazyMinted(startId, startId + _amount - 1, _baseURIForTokens, _data);
        return batchId;
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether lazy minting can be performed in the given execution context.
    function _canLazyMint() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../lib/Address.sol";
import "./interface/IMulticall.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides a function to batch together multiple calls in a single external call.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
contract Multicall is IMulticall {
    /**
     *  @notice Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     *  @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     *
     *  @param data The bytes data that makes up the batch of function calls to execute.
     *  @return results The bytes data that makes up the result of the batch of function calls executed.
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external returns (bytes[] memory results) {
        results = new bytes[](data.length);
        address sender = _msgSender();
        bool isForwarder = msg.sender != sender;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {
            if (isForwarder) {
                results[i] = Address.functionDelegateCall(address(this), abi.encodePacked(data[i], sender));
            } else {
                results[i] = Address.functionDelegateCall(address(this), data[i]);
            }
        }
        return results;
    }
    /// @notice Returns the sender in the given execution context.
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IOwnable.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Ownable
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `Ownable` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           who the 'owner' of the inheriting smart contract is, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses
 *           information about who the contract's owner is.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is IOwnable {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error OwnableUnauthorized();
    /// @dev Owner of the contract (purpose: OpenSea compatibility)
    address private _owner;
    /// @dev Reverts if caller is not the owner.
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        if (msg.sender != _owner) {
            revert OwnableUnauthorized();
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice Returns the owner of the contract.
     */
    function owner() public view override returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice Lets an authorized wallet set a new owner for the contract.
     *  @param _newOwner The address to set as the new owner of the contract.
     */
    function setOwner(address _newOwner) external override {
        if (!_canSetOwner()) {
            revert OwnableUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupOwner(_newOwner);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a contract admin.
    function _setupOwner(address _newOwner) internal {
        address _prevOwner = _owner;
        _owner = _newOwner;
        emit OwnerUpdated(_prevOwner, _newOwner);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether owner can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetOwner() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IPermissions.sol";
import "../lib/Strings.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Permissions
 *  @dev     This contracts provides extending-contracts with role-based access control mechanisms
 */
contract Permissions is IPermissions {
    /// @dev The `account` is missing a role.
    error PermissionsUnauthorizedAccount(address account, bytes32 neededRole);
    /// @dev The `account` already is a holder of `role`
    error PermissionsAlreadyGranted(address account, bytes32 role);
    /// @dev Invalid priviledge to revoke
    error PermissionsInvalidPermission(address expected, address actual);
    /// @dev Map from keccak256 hash of a role => a map from address => whether address has role.
    mapping(bytes32 => mapping(address => bool)) private _hasRole;
    /// @dev Map from keccak256 hash of a role to role admin. See {getRoleAdmin}.
    mapping(bytes32 => bytes32) private _getRoleAdmin;
    /// @dev Default admin role for all roles. Only accounts with this role can grant/revoke other roles.
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /// @dev Modifier that checks if an account has the specified role; reverts otherwise.
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role, msg.sender);
        _;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Checks whether an account has a particular role.
     *  @dev            Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account for which the role is being checked.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view override returns (bool) {
        return _hasRole[role][account];
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Checks whether an account has a particular role;
     *                  role restrictions can be swtiched on and off.
     *
     *  @dev            Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     *                  Role restrictions can be swtiched on and off:
     *                      - If address(0) has ROLE, then the ROLE restrictions
     *                        don't apply.
     *                      - If address(0) does not have ROLE, then the ROLE
     *                        restrictions will apply.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account for which the role is being checked.
     */
    function hasRoleWithSwitch(bytes32 role, address account) public view returns (bool) {
        if (!_hasRole[role][address(0)]) {
            return _hasRole[role][account];
        }
        return true;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns the admin role that controls the specified role.
     *  @dev            See {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
     *                  To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view override returns (bytes32) {
        return _getRoleAdmin[role];
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Grants a role to an account, if not previously granted.
     *  @dev            Caller must have admin role for the `role`.
     *                  Emits {RoleGranted Event}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account to which the role is being granted.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        _checkRole(_getRoleAdmin[role], msg.sender);
        if (_hasRole[role][account]) {
            revert PermissionsAlreadyGranted(account, role);
        }
        _setupRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Revokes role from an account.
     *  @dev            Caller must have admin role for the `role`.
     *                  Emits {RoleRevoked Event}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account from which the role is being revoked.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        _checkRole(_getRoleAdmin[role], msg.sender);
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Revokes role from the account.
     *  @dev            Caller must have the `role`, with caller being the same as `account`.
     *                  Emits {RoleRevoked Event}.
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param account  Address of the account from which the role is being revoked.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        if (msg.sender != account) {
            revert PermissionsInvalidPermission(msg.sender, account);
        }
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev Sets `adminRole` as `role`'s admin role.
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = _getRoleAdmin[role];
        _getRoleAdmin[role] = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /// @dev Sets up `role` for `account`
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _hasRole[role][account] = true;
        emit RoleGranted(role, account, msg.sender);
    }
    /// @dev Revokes `role` from `account`
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _checkRole(role, account);
        delete _hasRole[role][account];
        emit RoleRevoked(role, account, msg.sender);
    }
    /// @dev Checks `role` for `account`. Reverts with a message including the required role.
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!_hasRole[role][account]) {
            revert PermissionsUnauthorizedAccount(account, role);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Checks `role` for `account`. Reverts with a message including the required role.
    function _checkRoleWithSwitch(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRoleWithSwitch(role, account)) {
            revert PermissionsUnauthorizedAccount(account, role);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IPermissionsEnumerable.sol";
import "./Permissions.sol";
/**
 *  @title   PermissionsEnumerable
 *  @dev     This contracts provides extending-contracts with role-based access control mechanisms.
 *           Also provides interfaces to view all members with a given role, and total count of members.
 */
contract PermissionsEnumerable is IPermissionsEnumerable, Permissions {
    /**
     *  @notice A data structure to store data of members for a given role.
     *
     *  @param index    Current index in the list of accounts that have a role.
     *  @param members  map from index => address of account that has a role
     *  @param indexOf  map from address => index which the account has.
     */
    struct RoleMembers {
        uint256 index;
        mapping(uint256 => address) members;
        mapping(address => uint256) indexOf;
    }
    /// @dev map from keccak256 hash of a role to its members' data. See {RoleMembers}.
    mapping(bytes32 => RoleMembers) private roleMembers;
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns the role-member from a list of members for a role,
     *                  at a given index.
     *  @dev            Returns `member` who has `role`, at `index` of role-members list.
     *                  See struct {RoleMembers}, and mapping {roleMembers}
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *  @param index    Index in list of current members for the role.
     *
     *  @return member  Address of account that has `role`
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view override returns (address member) {
        uint256 currentIndex = roleMembers[role].index;
        uint256 check;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < currentIndex; i += 1) {
            if (roleMembers[role].members[i] != address(0)) {
                if (check == index) {
                    member = roleMembers[role].members[i];
                    return member;
                }
                check += 1;
            } else if (hasRole(role, address(0)) && i == roleMembers[role].indexOf[address(0)]) {
                check += 1;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Returns total number of accounts that have a role.
     *  @dev            Returns `count` of accounts that have `role`.
     *                  See struct {RoleMembers}, and mapping {roleMembers}
     *
     *  @param role     keccak256 hash of the role. e.g. keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE")
     *
     *  @return count   Total number of accounts that have `role`
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view override returns (uint256 count) {
        uint256 currentIndex = roleMembers[role].index;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < currentIndex; i += 1) {
            if (roleMembers[role].members[i] != address(0)) {
                count += 1;
            }
        }
        if (hasRole(role, address(0))) {
            count += 1;
        }
    }
    /// @dev Revokes `role` from `account`, and removes `account` from {roleMembers}
    ///      See {_removeMember}
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
        super._revokeRole(role, account);
        _removeMember(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev Grants `role` to `account`, and adds `account` to {roleMembers}
    ///      See {_addMember}
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal override {
        super._setupRole(role, account);
        _addMember(role, account);
    }
    /// @dev adds `account` to {roleMembers}, for `role`
    function _addMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
        uint256 idx = roleMembers[role].index;
        roleMembers[role].index += 1;
        roleMembers[role].members[idx] = account;
        roleMembers[role].indexOf[account] = idx;
    }
    /// @dev removes `account` from {roleMembers}, for `role`
    function _removeMember(bytes32 role, address account) internal {
        uint256 idx = roleMembers[role].indexOf[account];
        delete roleMembers[role].members[idx];
        delete roleMembers[role].indexOf[account];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IPlatformFee.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Platform Fee
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `PlatformFee` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           the recipient of platform fee and the platform fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
 *           that uses information about platform fees, if desired.
 */
abstract contract PlatformFee is IPlatformFee {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error PlatformFeeUnauthorized();
    /// @dev The recipient is invalid
    error PlatformFeeInvalidRecipient(address recipient);
    /// @dev The fee bps exceeded the max value
    error PlatformFeeExceededMaxFeeBps(uint256 max, uint256 actual);
    /// @dev The address that receives all platform fees from all sales.
    address private platformFeeRecipient;
    /// @dev The % of primary sales collected as platform fees.
    uint16 private platformFeeBps;
    /// @dev Fee type variants: percentage fee and flat fee
    PlatformFeeType private platformFeeType;
    /// @dev The flat amount collected by the contract as fees on primary sales.
    uint256 private flatPlatformFee;
    /// @dev Returns the platform fee recipient and bps.
    function getPlatformFeeInfo() public view override returns (address, uint16) {
        return (platformFeeRecipient, uint16(platformFeeBps));
    }
    /// @dev Returns the platform fee bps and recipient.
    function getFlatPlatformFeeInfo() public view returns (address, uint256) {
        return (platformFeeRecipient, flatPlatformFee);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the platform fee type.
    function getPlatformFeeType() public view returns (PlatformFeeType) {
        return platformFeeType;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates the platform fee recipient and bps.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set platform fee info.
     *                  See {_canSetPlatformFeeInfo}.
     *                  Emits {PlatformFeeInfoUpdated Event}; See {_setupPlatformFeeInfo}.
     *
     *  @param _platformFeeRecipient   Address to be set as new platformFeeRecipient.
     *  @param _platformFeeBps         Updated platformFeeBps.
     */
    function setPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _platformFeeBps) external override {
        if (!_canSetPlatformFeeInfo()) {
            revert PlatformFeeUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupPlatformFeeInfo(_platformFeeRecipient, _platformFeeBps);
    }
    /// @dev Sets the platform fee recipient and bps
    function _setupPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _platformFeeBps) internal {
        if (_platformFeeBps > 10_000) {
            revert PlatformFeeExceededMaxFeeBps(10_000, _platformFeeBps);
        }
        if (_platformFeeRecipient == address(0)) {
            revert PlatformFeeInvalidRecipient(_platformFeeRecipient);
        }
        platformFeeBps = uint16(_platformFeeBps);
        platformFeeRecipient = _platformFeeRecipient;
        emit PlatformFeeInfoUpdated(_platformFeeRecipient, _platformFeeBps);
    }
    /// @notice Lets a module admin set a flat fee on primary sales.
    function setFlatPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _flatFee) external {
        if (!_canSetPlatformFeeInfo()) {
            revert PlatformFeeUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupFlatPlatformFeeInfo(_platformFeeRecipient, _flatFee);
    }
    /// @dev Sets a flat fee on primary sales.
    function _setupFlatPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _flatFee) internal {
        flatPlatformFee = _flatFee;
        platformFeeRecipient = _platformFeeRecipient;
        emit FlatPlatformFeeUpdated(_platformFeeRecipient, _flatFee);
    }
    /// @notice Lets a module admin set platform fee type.
    function setPlatformFeeType(PlatformFeeType _feeType) external {
        if (!_canSetPlatformFeeInfo()) {
            revert PlatformFeeUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupPlatformFeeType(_feeType);
    }
    /// @dev Sets platform fee type.
    function _setupPlatformFeeType(PlatformFeeType _feeType) internal {
        platformFeeType = _feeType;
        emit PlatformFeeTypeUpdated(_feeType);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether platform fee info can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetPlatformFeeInfo() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IPrimarySale.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Primary Sale
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `PrimarySale` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           the recipient of primary sales, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses information about
 *           primary sales, if desired.
 */
abstract contract PrimarySale is IPrimarySale {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error PrimarySaleUnauthorized();
    /// @dev The recipient is invalid
    error PrimarySaleInvalidRecipient(address recipient);
    /// @dev The address that receives all primary sales value.
    address private recipient;
    /// @dev Returns primary sale recipient address.
    function primarySaleRecipient() public view override returns (address) {
        return recipient;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates primary sale recipient.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set primary sales info.
     *                  See {_canSetPrimarySaleRecipient}.
     *                  Emits {PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated Event}; See {_setupPrimarySaleRecipient}.
     *
     *  @param _saleRecipient   Address to be set as new recipient of primary sales.
     */
    function setPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) external override {
        if (!_canSetPrimarySaleRecipient()) {
            revert PrimarySaleUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(_saleRecipient);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the recipient for all primary sales.
    function _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) internal {
        if (_saleRecipient == address(0)) {
            revert PrimarySaleInvalidRecipient(_saleRecipient);
        }
        recipient = _saleRecipient;
        emit PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(_saleRecipient);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether primary sale recipient can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetPrimarySaleRecipient() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./interface/IRoyalty.sol";
/**
 *  @title   Royalty
 *  @notice  Thirdweb's `Royalty` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *           the recipient of royalty fee and the royalty fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
 *           that uses information about royalty fees, if desired.
 *
 *  @dev     The `Royalty` contract is ERC2981 compliant.
 */
abstract contract Royalty is IRoyalty {
    /// @dev The sender is not authorized to perform the action
    error RoyaltyUnauthorized();
    /// @dev The recipient is invalid
    error RoyaltyInvalidRecipient(address recipient);
    /// @dev The fee bps exceeded the max value
    error RoyaltyExceededMaxFeeBps(uint256 max, uint256 actual);
    /// @dev The (default) address that receives all royalty value.
    address private royaltyRecipient;
    /// @dev The (default) % of a sale to take as royalty (in basis points).
    uint16 private royaltyBps;
    /// @dev Token ID => royalty recipient and bps for token
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private royaltyInfoForToken;
    /**
     *  @notice   View royalty info for a given token and sale price.
     *  @dev      Returns royalty amount and recipient for `tokenId` and `salePrice`.
     *  @param tokenId          The tokenID of the NFT for which to query royalty info.
     *  @param salePrice        Sale price of the token.
     *
     *  @return receiver        Address of royalty recipient account.
     *  @return royaltyAmount   Royalty amount calculated at current royaltyBps value.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 salePrice
    ) external view virtual override returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount) {
        (address recipient, uint256 bps) = getRoyaltyInfoForToken(tokenId);
        receiver = recipient;
        royaltyAmount = (salePrice * bps) / 10_000;
    }
    /**
     *  @notice          View royalty info for a given token.
     *  @dev             Returns royalty recipient and bps for `_tokenId`.
     *  @param _tokenId  The tokenID of the NFT for which to query royalty info.
     */
    function getRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 _tokenId) public view override returns (address, uint16) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royaltyForToken = royaltyInfoForToken[_tokenId];
        return
            royaltyForToken.recipient == address(0)
                ? (royaltyRecipient, uint16(royaltyBps))
                : (royaltyForToken.recipient, uint16(royaltyForToken.bps));
    }
    /**
     *  @notice Returns the defualt royalty recipient and BPS for this contract's NFTs.
     */
    function getDefaultRoyaltyInfo() external view override returns (address, uint16) {
        return (royaltyRecipient, uint16(royaltyBps));
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates default royalty recipient and bps.
     *  @dev            Caller should be authorized to set royalty info.
     *                  See {_canSetRoyaltyInfo}.
     *                  Emits {DefaultRoyalty Event}; See {_setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo}.
     *
     *  @param _royaltyRecipient   Address to be set as default royalty recipient.
     *  @param _royaltyBps         Updated royalty bps.
     */
    function setDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) external override {
        if (!_canSetRoyaltyInfo()) {
            revert RoyaltyUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin update the default royalty recipient and bps.
    function _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) internal {
        if (_royaltyBps > 10_000) {
            revert RoyaltyExceededMaxFeeBps(10_000, _royaltyBps);
        }
        royaltyRecipient = _royaltyRecipient;
        royaltyBps = uint16(_royaltyBps);
        emit DefaultRoyalty(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
    }
    /**
     *  @notice         Updates default royalty recipient and bps for a particular token.
     *  @dev            Sets royalty info for `_tokenId`. Caller should be authorized to set royalty info.
     *                  See {_canSetRoyaltyInfo}.
     *                  Emits {RoyaltyForToken Event}; See {_setupRoyaltyInfoForToken}.
     *
     *  @param _recipient   Address to be set as royalty recipient for given token Id.
     *  @param _bps         Updated royalty bps for the token Id.
     */
    function setRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 _tokenId, address _recipient, uint256 _bps) external override {
        if (!_canSetRoyaltyInfo()) {
            revert RoyaltyUnauthorized();
        }
        _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(_tokenId, _recipient, _bps);
    }
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the royalty recipient and bps for a particular token Id.
    function _setupRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 _tokenId, address _recipient, uint256 _bps) internal {
        if (_bps > 10_000) {
            revert RoyaltyExceededMaxFeeBps(10_000, _bps);
        }
        royaltyInfoForToken[_tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo({ recipient: _recipient, bps: _bps });
        emit RoyaltyForToken(_tokenId, _recipient, _bps);
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether royalty info can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetRoyaltyInfo() internal view virtual returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  The interface `IClaimCondition` is written for thirdweb's 'Drop' contracts, which are distribution mechanisms for tokens.
 *
 *  A claim condition defines criteria under which accounts can mint tokens. Claim conditions can be overwritten
 *  or added to by the contract admin. At any moment, there is only one active claim condition.
 */
interface IClaimCondition {
    /**
     *  @notice The criteria that make up a claim condition.
     *
     *  @param startTimestamp                 The unix timestamp after which the claim condition applies.
     *                                        The same claim condition applies until the `startTimestamp`
     *                                        of the next claim condition.
     *
     *  @param maxClaimableSupply             The maximum total number of tokens that can be claimed under
     *                                        the claim condition.
     *
     *  @param supplyClaimed                  At any given point, the number of tokens that have been claimed
     *                                        under the claim condition.
     *
     *  @param quantityLimitPerWallet         The maximum number of tokens that can be claimed by a wallet.
     *
     *  @param merkleRoot                     The allowlist of addresses that can claim tokens under the claim
     *                                        condition.
     *
     *  @param pricePerToken                  The price required to pay per token claimed.
     *
     *  @param currency                       The currency in which the `pricePerToken` must be paid.
     *
     *  @param metadata                       Claim condition metadata.
     */
    struct ClaimCondition {
        uint256 startTimestamp;
        uint256 maxClaimableSupply;
        uint256 supplyClaimed;
        uint256 quantityLimitPerWallet;
        bytes32 merkleRoot;
        uint256 pricePerToken;
        address currency;
        string metadata;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./IClaimCondition.sol";
/**
 *  The interface `IClaimConditionMultiPhase` is written for thirdweb's 'Drop' contracts, which are distribution mechanisms for tokens.
 *
 *  An authorized wallet can set a series of claim conditions, ordered by their respective `startTimestamp`.
 *  A claim condition defines criteria under which accounts can mint tokens. Claim conditions can be overwritten
 *  or added to by the contract admin. At any moment, there is only one active claim condition.
 */
interface IClaimConditionMultiPhase is IClaimCondition {
    /**
     *  @notice The set of all claim conditions, at any given moment.
     *  Claim Phase ID = [currentStartId, currentStartId + length - 1];
     *
     *  @param currentStartId           The uid for the first claim condition amongst the current set of
     *                                  claim conditions. The uid for each next claim condition is one
     *                                  more than the previous claim condition's uid.
     *
     *  @param count                    The total number of phases / claim conditions in the list
     *                                  of claim conditions.
     *
     *  @param conditions                   The claim conditions at a given uid. Claim conditions
     *                                  are ordered in an ascending order by their `startTimestamp`.
     *
     *  @param supplyClaimedByWallet    Map from a claim condition uid and account to supply claimed by account.
     */
    struct ClaimConditionList {
        uint256 currentStartId;
        uint256 count;
        mapping(uint256 => ClaimCondition) conditions;
        mapping(uint256 => mapping(address => uint256)) supplyClaimedByWallet;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `ContractMetadata` is a contract extension for any base contracts. It lets you set a metadata URI
 *  for you contract.
 *
 *  Additionally, `ContractMetadata` is necessary for NFT contracts that want royalties to get distributed on OpenSea.
 */
interface IContractMetadata {
    /// @dev Returns the metadata URI of the contract.
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     *  @dev Sets contract URI for the storefront-level metadata of the contract.
     *       Only module admin can call this function.
     */
    function setContractURI(string calldata _uri) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when the contract URI is updated.
    event ContractURIUpdated(string prevURI, string newURI);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `DelayedReveal` is a contract extension for base NFT contracts. It lets you create batches of
 *  'delayed-reveal' NFTs. You can learn more about the usage of delayed reveal NFTs here - https://blog.thirdweb.com/delayed-reveal-nfts
 */
interface IDelayedReveal {
    /// @dev Emitted when tokens are revealed.
    event TokenURIRevealed(uint256 indexed index, string revealedURI);
    /**
     *  @notice Reveals a batch of delayed reveal NFTs.
     *
     *  @param identifier The ID for the batch of delayed-reveal NFTs to reveal.
     *
     *  @param key        The key with which the base URI for the relevant batch of NFTs was encrypted.
     */
    function reveal(uint256 identifier, bytes calldata key) external returns (string memory revealedURI);
    /**
     *  @notice Performs XOR encryption/decryption.
     *
     *  @param data The data to encrypt. In the case of delayed-reveal NFTs, this is the "revealed" state
     *              base URI of the relevant batch of NFTs.
     *
     *  @param key  The key with which to encrypt data
     */
    function encryptDecrypt(bytes memory data, bytes calldata key) external pure returns (bytes memory result);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./IClaimConditionMultiPhase.sol";
/**
 *  The interface `IDrop` is written for thirdweb's 'Drop' contracts, which are distribution mechanisms for tokens.
 *
 *  An authorized wallet can set a series of claim conditions, ordered by their respective `startTimestamp`.
 *  A claim condition defines criteria under which accounts can mint tokens. Claim conditions can be overwritten
 *  or added to by the contract admin. At any moment, there is only one active claim condition.
 */
interface IDrop is IClaimConditionMultiPhase {
    /**
     *  @param proof Proof of concerned wallet's inclusion in an allowlist.
     *  @param quantityLimitPerWallet The total quantity of tokens the allowlisted wallet is eligible to claim over time.
     *  @param pricePerToken The price per token the allowlisted wallet must pay to claim tokens.
     *  @param currency The currency in which the allowlisted wallet must pay the price for claiming tokens.
     */
    struct AllowlistProof {
        bytes32[] proof;
        uint256 quantityLimitPerWallet;
        uint256 pricePerToken;
        address currency;
    }
    /// @notice Emitted when tokens are claimed via `claim`.
    event TokensClaimed(
        uint256 indexed claimConditionIndex,
        address indexed claimer,
        address indexed receiver,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantityClaimed
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when the contract's claim conditions are updated.
    event ClaimConditionsUpdated(ClaimCondition[] claimConditions, bool resetEligibility);
    /**
     *  @notice Lets an account claim a given quantity of NFTs.
     *
     *  @param receiver                       The receiver of the NFTs to claim.
     *  @param quantity                       The quantity of NFTs to claim.
     *  @param currency                       The currency in which to pay for the claim.
     *  @param pricePerToken                  The price per token to pay for the claim.
     *  @param allowlistProof                 The proof of the claimer's inclusion in the merkle root allowlist
     *                                        of the claim conditions that apply.
     *  @param data                           Arbitrary bytes data that can be leveraged in the implementation of this interface.
     */
    function claim(
        address receiver,
        uint256 quantity,
        address currency,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        AllowlistProof calldata allowlistProof,
        bytes memory data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     *  @notice Lets a contract admin (account with `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`) set claim conditions.
     *
     *  @param phases                   Claim conditions in ascending order by `startTimestamp`.
     *
     *  @param resetClaimEligibility    Whether to honor the restrictions applied to wallets who have claimed tokens in the current conditions,
     *                                  in the new claim conditions being set.
     *
     */
    function setClaimConditions(ClaimCondition[] calldata phases, bool resetClaimEligibility) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `LazyMint` is a contract extension for any base NFT contract. It lets you 'lazy mint' any number of NFTs
 *  at once. Here, 'lazy mint' means defining the metadata for particular tokenIds of your NFT contract, without actually
 *  minting a non-zero balance of NFTs of those tokenIds.
 */
interface ILazyMint {
    /// @dev Emitted when tokens are lazy minted.
    event TokensLazyMinted(uint256 indexed startTokenId, uint256 endTokenId, string baseURI, bytes encryptedBaseURI);
    /**
     *  @notice Lazy mints a given amount of NFTs.
     *
     *  @param amount           The number of NFTs to lazy mint.
     *
     *  @param baseURIForTokens The base URI for the 'n' number of NFTs being lazy minted, where the metadata for each
     *                          of those NFTs is `${baseURIForTokens}/${tokenId}`.
     *
     *  @param extraData        Additional bytes data to be used at the discretion of the consumer of the contract.
     *
     *  @return batchId         A unique integer identifier for the batch of NFTs lazy minted together.
     */
    function lazyMint(
        uint256 amount,
        string calldata baseURIForTokens,
        bytes calldata extraData
    ) external returns (uint256 batchId);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev Provides a function to batch together multiple calls in a single external call.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
interface IMulticall {
    /**
     * @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external returns (bytes[] memory results);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `Ownable` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  who the 'owner' of the inheriting smart contract is, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses
 *  information about who the contract's owner is.
 */
interface IOwnable {
    /// @dev Returns the owner of the contract.
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin set a new owner for the contract. The new owner must be a module admin.
    function setOwner(address _newOwner) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when a new Owner is set.
    event OwnerUpdated(address indexed prevOwner, address indexed newOwner);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IPermissions {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "./IPermissions.sol";
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IPermissionsEnumerable is IPermissions {
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * [forum post](https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296)
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `PlatformFee` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  the recipient of platform fee and the platform fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
 *  that uses information about platform fees, if desired.
 */
interface IPlatformFee {
    /// @dev Fee type variants: percentage fee and flat fee
    enum PlatformFeeType {
        Bps,
        Flat
    }
    /// @dev Returns the platform fee bps and recipient.
    function getPlatformFeeInfo() external view returns (address, uint16);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin update the fees on primary sales.
    function setPlatformFeeInfo(address _platformFeeRecipient, uint256 _platformFeeBps) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when fee on primary sales is updated.
    event PlatformFeeInfoUpdated(address indexed platformFeeRecipient, uint256 platformFeeBps);
    /// @dev Emitted when the flat platform fee is updated.
    event FlatPlatformFeeUpdated(address platformFeeRecipient, uint256 flatFee);
    /// @dev Emitted when the platform fee type is updated.
    event PlatformFeeTypeUpdated(PlatformFeeType feeType);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `Primary` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  the recipient of primary sales, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic that uses information about
 *  primary sales, if desired.
 */
interface IPrimarySale {
    /// @dev The adress that receives all primary sales value.
    function primarySaleRecipient() external view returns (address);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin set the default recipient of all primary sales.
    function setPrimarySaleRecipient(address _saleRecipient) external;
    /// @dev Emitted when a new sale recipient is set.
    event PrimarySaleRecipientUpdated(address indexed recipient);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
import "../../eip/interface/IERC2981.sol";
/**
 *  Thirdweb's `Royalty` is a contract extension to be used with any base contract. It exposes functions for setting and reading
 *  the recipient of royalty fee and the royalty fee basis points, and lets the inheriting contract perform conditional logic
 *  that uses information about royalty fees, if desired.
 *
 *  The `Royalty` contract is ERC2981 compliant.
 */
interface IRoyalty is IERC2981 {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address recipient;
        uint256 bps;
    }
    /// @dev Returns the royalty recipient and fee bps.
    function getDefaultRoyaltyInfo() external view returns (address, uint16);
    /// @dev Lets a module admin update the royalty bps and recipient.
    function setDefaultRoyaltyInfo(address _royaltyRecipient, uint256 _royaltyBps) external;
    /// @dev Lets a module admin set the royalty recipient for a particular token Id.
    function setRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 tokenId, address recipient, uint256 bps) external;
    /// @dev Returns the royalty recipient for a particular token Id.
    function getRoyaltyInfoForToken(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address, uint16);
    /// @dev Emitted when royalty info is updated.
    event DefaultRoyalty(address indexed newRoyaltyRecipient, uint256 newRoyaltyBps);
    /// @dev Emitted when royalty recipient for tokenId is set
    event RoyaltyForToken(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed royaltyRecipient, uint256 royaltyBps);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.0 (metatx/ERC2771Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.11;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Context variant with ERC2771 support.
 */
abstract contract ERC2771ContextUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    mapping(address => bool) private _trustedForwarder;
    function __ERC2771Context_init(address[] memory trustedForwarder) internal onlyInitializing {
        __Context_init_unchained();
        __ERC2771Context_init_unchained(trustedForwarder);
    }
    function __ERC2771Context_init_unchained(address[] memory trustedForwarder) internal onlyInitializing {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < trustedForwarder.length; i++) {
            _trustedForwarder[trustedForwarder[i]] = true;
        }
    }
    function isTrustedForwarder(address forwarder) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _trustedForwarder[forwarder];
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual override returns (address sender) {
        if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
            // The assembly code is more direct than the Solidity version using `abi.decode`.
            assembly {
                sender := shr(96, calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), 20)))
            }
        } else {
            return super._msgSender();
        }
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual override returns (bytes calldata) {
        if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender)) {
            return msg.data[:msg.data.length - 20];
        } else {
            return super._msgData();
        }
    }
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../../../../eip/interface/IERC20.sol";
import { Address } from "../../../../../lib/Address.sol";
/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20 {
    using Address for address;
    function safeTransfer(IERC20 token, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(IERC20 token, address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
     * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
     *
     * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
     * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
     */
    function safeApprove(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
        // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
        // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
        require(
            (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
            "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
        );
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
    }
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender) + value;
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
    }
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
            uint256 newAllowance = oldAllowance - value;
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address.functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // Return data is optional
            require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IWETH {
    function deposit() external payable;
    function withdraw(uint256 amount) external;
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/// @author thirdweb, OpenZeppelin Contracts (v4.9.0)
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     *
     * Furthermore, `isContract` will also return true if the target contract within
     * the same transaction is already scheduled for destruction by `SELFDESTRUCT`,
     * which only has an effect at the end of a transaction.
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.0/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
// Helper interfaces
import { IWETH } from "../infra/interface/IWETH.sol";
import { SafeERC20, IERC20 } from "../external-deps/openzeppelin/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
library CurrencyTransferLib {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    error CurrencyTransferLibMismatchedValue(uint256 expected, uint256 actual);
    error CurrencyTransferLibFailedNativeTransfer(address recipient, uint256 value);
    /// @dev The address interpreted as native token of the chain.
    address public constant NATIVE_TOKEN = 0xEeeeeEeeeEeEeeEeEeEeeEEEeeeeEeeeeeeeEEeE;
    /// @dev Transfers a given amount of currency.
    function transferCurrency(address _currency, address _from, address _to, uint256 _amount) internal {
        if (_amount == 0) {
            return;
        }
        if (_currency == NATIVE_TOKEN) {
            safeTransferNativeToken(_to, _amount);
        } else {
            safeTransferERC20(_currency, _from, _to, _amount);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfers a given amount of currency. (With native token wrapping)
    function transferCurrencyWithWrapper(
        address _currency,
        address _from,
        address _to,
        uint256 _amount,
        address _nativeTokenWrapper
    ) internal {
        if (_amount == 0) {
            return;
        }
        if (_currency == NATIVE_TOKEN) {
            if (_from == address(this)) {
                // withdraw from weth then transfer withdrawn native token to recipient
                IWETH(_nativeTokenWrapper).withdraw(_amount);
                safeTransferNativeTokenWithWrapper(_to, _amount, _nativeTokenWrapper);
            } else if (_to == address(this)) {
                // store native currency in weth
                if (_amount != msg.value) {
                    revert CurrencyTransferLibMismatchedValue(msg.value, _amount);
                }
                IWETH(_nativeTokenWrapper).deposit{ value: _amount }();
            } else {
                safeTransferNativeTokenWithWrapper(_to, _amount, _nativeTokenWrapper);
            }
        } else {
            safeTransferERC20(_currency, _from, _to, _amount);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfer `amount` of ERC20 token from `from` to `to`.
    function safeTransferERC20(address _currency, address _from, address _to, uint256 _amount) internal {
        if (_from == _to) {
            return;
        }
        if (_from == address(this)) {
            IERC20(_currency).safeTransfer(_to, _amount);
        } else {
            IERC20(_currency).safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _amount);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfers `amount` of native token to `to`.
    function safeTransferNativeToken(address to, uint256 value) internal {
        // solhint-disable avoid-low-level-calls
        // slither-disable-next-line low-level-calls
        (bool success, ) = to.call{ value: value }("");
        if (!success) {
            revert CurrencyTransferLibFailedNativeTransfer(to, value);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfers `amount` of native token to `to`. (With native token wrapping)
    function safeTransferNativeTokenWithWrapper(address to, uint256 value, address _nativeTokenWrapper) internal {
        // solhint-disable avoid-low-level-calls
        // slither-disable-next-line low-level-calls
        (bool success, ) = to.call{ value: value }("");
        if (!success) {
            IWETH(_nativeTokenWrapper).deposit{ value: value }();
            IERC20(_nativeTokenWrapper).safeTransfer(to, value);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache 2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author OpenZeppelin, thirdweb
library MerkleProof {
    function verify(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 root, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        uint256 index = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            index *= 2;
            bytes32 proofElement = proof[i];
            if (computedHash <= proofElement) {
                // Hash(current computed hash + current element of the proof)
                computedHash = _efficientHash(computedHash, proofElement);
            } else {
                // Hash(current element of the proof + current computed hash)
                computedHash = _efficientHash(proofElement, computedHash);
                index += 1;
            }
        }
        // Check if the computed hash (root) is equal to the provided root
        return (computedHash == root, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Implementation of keccak256(abi.encode(a, b)) that doesn't allocate or expand memory.
     */
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @author thirdweb
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the hexadecimal representation of `value`.
    /// The output is prefixed with "0x", encoded using 2 hexadecimal digits per byte,
    /// and the alphabets are capitalized conditionally according to
    /// https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-55
    function toHexStringChecksummed(address value) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        str = toHexString(value);
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let mask := shl(6, div(not(0), 255)) // `0b010000000100000000 ...`
            let o := add(str, 0x22)
            let hashed := and(keccak256(o, 40), mul(34, mask)) // `0b10001000 ... `
            let t := shl(240, 136) // `0b10001000 << 240`
            for {
                let i := 0
            } 1 {
            } {
                mstore(add(i, i), mul(t, byte(i, hashed)))
                i := add(i, 1)
                if eq(i, 20) {
                    break
                }
            }
            mstore(o, xor(mload(o), shr(1, and(mload(0x00), and(mload(o), mask)))))
            o := add(o, 0x20)
            mstore(o, xor(mload(o), shr(1, and(mload(0x20), and(mload(o), mask)))))
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the hexadecimal representation of `value`.
    /// The output is prefixed with "0x" and encoded using 2 hexadecimal digits per byte.
    function toHexString(address value) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        str = toHexStringNoPrefix(value);
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let strLength := add(mload(str), 2) // Compute the length.
            mstore(str, 0x3078) // Write the "0x" prefix.
            str := sub(str, 2) // Move the pointer.
            mstore(str, strLength) // Write the length.
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the hexadecimal representation of `value`.
    /// The output is encoded using 2 hexadecimal digits per byte.
    function toHexStringNoPrefix(address value) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            str := mload(0x40)
            // Allocate the memory.
            // We need 0x20 bytes for the trailing zeros padding, 0x20 bytes for the length,
            // 0x02 bytes for the prefix, and 0x28 bytes for the digits.
            // The next multiple of 0x20 above (0x20 + 0x20 + 0x02 + 0x28) is 0x80.
            mstore(0x40, add(str, 0x80))
            // Store "0123456789abcdef" in scratch space.
            mstore(0x0f, 0x30313233343536373839616263646566)
            str := add(str, 2)
            mstore(str, 40)
            let o := add(str, 0x20)
            mstore(add(o, 40), 0)
            value := shl(96, value)
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            for {
                let i := 0
            } 1 {
            } {
                let p := add(o, add(i, i))
                let temp := byte(i, value)
                mstore8(add(p, 1), mload(and(temp, 15)))
                mstore8(p, mload(shr(4, temp)))
                i := add(i, 1)
                if eq(i, 20) {
                    break
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the hex encoded string from the raw bytes.
    /// The output is encoded using 2 hexadecimal digits per byte.
    function toHexString(bytes memory raw) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        str = toHexStringNoPrefix(raw);
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let strLength := add(mload(str), 2) // Compute the length.
            mstore(str, 0x3078) // Write the "0x" prefix.
            str := sub(str, 2) // Move the pointer.
            mstore(str, strLength) // Write the length.
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the hex encoded string from the raw bytes.
    /// The output is encoded using 2 hexadecimal digits per byte.
    function toHexStringNoPrefix(bytes memory raw) internal pure returns (string memory str) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let length := mload(raw)
            str := add(mload(0x40), 2) // Skip 2 bytes for the optional prefix.
            mstore(str, add(length, length)) // Store the length of the output.
            // Store "0123456789abcdef" in scratch space.
            mstore(0x0f, 0x30313233343536373839616263646566)
            let o := add(str, 0x20)
            let end := add(raw, length)
            for {
            } iszero(eq(raw, end)) {
            } {
                raw := add(raw, 1)
                mstore8(add(o, 1), mload(and(mload(raw), 15)))
                mstore8(o, mload(and(shr(4, mload(raw)), 15)))
                o := add(o, 2)
            }
            mstore(o, 0) // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(0x40, add(o, 0x20)) // Allocate the memory.
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.11;
/// @author thirdweb
//   $$\\     $$\\       $$\\                 $$\\                         $$\\
//   $$ |    $$ |      \\__|                $$ |                        $$ |
// $$$$$$\\   $$$$$$$\\  $$\\  $$$$$$\\   $$$$$$$ |$$\\  $$\\  $$\\  $$$$$$\\  $$$$$$$\\
// \\_$$  _|  $$  __$$\\ $$ |$$  __$$\\ $$  __$$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$  __$$\\ $$  __$$\\
//   $$ |    $$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |  \\__|$$ /  $$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$$$$$$$ |$$ |  $$ |
//   $$ |$$\\ $$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |      $$ |  $$ |$$ | $$ | $$ |$$   ____|$$ |  $$ |
//   \\$$$$  |$$ |  $$ |$$ |$$ |      \\$$$$$$$ |\\$$$$$\\$$$$  |\\$$$$$$$\\ $$$$$$$  |
//    \\____/ \\__|  \\__|\\__|\\__|       \\_______| \\_____\\____/  \\_______|\\_______/
//  ==========  External imports    ==========
import "../../extension/Multicall.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../eip/ERC721AVirtualApproveUpgradeable.sol";
//  ==========  Internal imports    ==========
import "../../external-deps/openzeppelin/metatx/ERC2771ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../lib/CurrencyTransferLib.sol";
//  ==========  Features    ==========
import "../../extension/ContractMetadata.sol";
import "../../extension/PlatformFee.sol";
import "../../extension/Royalty.sol";
import "../../extension/PrimarySale.sol";
import "../../extension/Ownable.sol";
import "../../extension/DelayedReveal.sol";
import "../../extension/LazyMint.sol";
import "../../extension/PermissionsEnumerable.sol";
import "../../extension/Drop.sol";
contract DropERC721 is
    Initializable,
    ContractMetadata,
    PlatformFee,
    Royalty,
    PrimarySale,
    Ownable,
    DelayedReveal,
    LazyMint,
    PermissionsEnumerable,
    Drop,
    ERC2771ContextUpgradeable,
    Multicall,
    ERC721AUpgradeable
{
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            State variables
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Only transfers to or from TRANSFER_ROLE holders are valid, when transfers are restricted.
    bytes32 private transferRole;
    /// @dev Only MINTER_ROLE holders can sign off on `MintRequest`s and lazy mint tokens.
    bytes32 private minterRole;
    /// @dev Only METADATA_ROLE holders can reveal the URI for a batch of delayed reveal NFTs, and update or freeze batch metadata.
    bytes32 private metadataRole;
    /// @dev Max bps in the thirdweb system.
    uint256 private constant MAX_BPS = 10_000;
    /// @dev Global max total supply of NFTs.
    uint256 public maxTotalSupply;
    /// @dev Emitted when the global max supply of tokens is updated.
    event MaxTotalSupplyUpdated(uint256 maxTotalSupply);
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                    Constructor + initializer logic
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor() initializer {}
    /// @dev Initializes the contract, like a constructor.
    function initialize(
        address _defaultAdmin,
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        string memory _contractURI,
        address[] memory _trustedForwarders,
        address _saleRecipient,
        address _royaltyRecipient,
        uint128 _royaltyBps,
        uint128 _platformFeeBps,
        address _platformFeeRecipient
    ) external initializer {
        bytes32 _transferRole = keccak256("TRANSFER_ROLE");
        bytes32 _minterRole = keccak256("MINTER_ROLE");
        bytes32 _metadataRole = keccak256("METADATA_ROLE");
        // Initialize inherited contracts, most base-like -> most derived.
        __ERC2771Context_init(_trustedForwarders);
        __ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol);
        _setupContractURI(_contractURI);
        _setupOwner(_defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_minterRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_transferRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setupRole(_transferRole, address(0));
        _setupRole(_metadataRole, _defaultAdmin);
        _setRoleAdmin(_metadataRole, _metadataRole);
        _setupPlatformFeeInfo(_platformFeeRecipient, _platformFeeBps);
        _setupDefaultRoyaltyInfo(_royaltyRecipient, _royaltyBps);
        _setupPrimarySaleRecipient(_saleRecipient);
        transferRole = _transferRole;
        minterRole = _minterRole;
        metadataRole = _metadataRole;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        ERC 165 / 721 / 2981 logic
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Returns the URI for a given tokenId.
    function tokenURI(uint256 _tokenId) public view override returns (string memory) {
        (uint256 batchId, ) = _getBatchId(_tokenId);
        string memory batchUri = _getBaseURI(_tokenId);
        if (isEncryptedBatch(batchId)) {
            return string(abi.encodePacked(batchUri, "0"));
        } else {
            return string(abi.encodePacked(batchUri, _tokenId.toString()));
        }
    }
    /// @dev See ERC 165
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view virtual override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId;
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Contract identifiers
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function contractType() external pure returns (bytes32) {
        return bytes32("DropERC721");
    }
    function contractVersion() external pure returns (uint8) {
        return uint8(4);
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                    Lazy minting + delayed-reveal logic
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     *  @dev Lets an account with `MINTER_ROLE` lazy mint 'n' NFTs.
     *       The URIs for each token is the provided `_baseURIForTokens` + `{tokenId}`.
     */
    function lazyMint(
        uint256 _amount,
        string calldata _baseURIForTokens,
        bytes calldata _data
    ) public override returns (uint256 batchId) {
        if (_data.length > 0) {
            (bytes memory encryptedURI, bytes32 provenanceHash) = abi.decode(_data, (bytes, bytes32));
            if (encryptedURI.length != 0 && provenanceHash != "") {
                _setEncryptedData(nextTokenIdToLazyMint + _amount, _data);
            }
        }
        return super.lazyMint(_amount, _baseURIForTokens, _data);
    }
    /// @dev Lets an account with `METADATA_ROLE` reveal the URI for a batch of 'delayed-reveal' NFTs.
    /// @param _index the ID of a token with the desired batch.
    /// @param _key the key to decrypt the batch's URI.
    function reveal(
        uint256 _index,
        bytes calldata _key
    ) external onlyRole(metadataRole) returns (string memory revealedURI) {
        uint256 batchId = getBatchIdAtIndex(_index);
        revealedURI = getRevealURI(batchId, _key);
        _setEncryptedData(batchId, "");
        _setBaseURI(batchId, revealedURI);
        emit TokenURIRevealed(_index, revealedURI);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates the base URI for a batch of tokens. Can only be called if the batch has been revealed/is not encrypted.
     *
     * @param _index Index of the desired batch in batchIds array
     * @param _uri   the new base URI for the batch.
     */
    function updateBatchBaseURI(uint256 _index, string calldata _uri) external onlyRole(metadataRole) {
        require(!isEncryptedBatch(getBatchIdAtIndex(_index)), "Encrypted batch");
        uint256 batchId = getBatchIdAtIndex(_index);
        _setBaseURI(batchId, _uri);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Freezes the base URI for a batch of tokens.
     *
     * @param _index Index of the desired batch in batchIds array.
     */
    function freezeBatchBaseURI(uint256 _index) external onlyRole(metadataRole) {
        require(!isEncryptedBatch(getBatchIdAtIndex(_index)), "Encrypted batch");
        uint256 batchId = getBatchIdAtIndex(_index);
        _freezeBaseURI(batchId);
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Setter functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Lets a contract admin set the global maximum supply for collection's NFTs.
    function setMaxTotalSupply(uint256 _maxTotalSupply) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        maxTotalSupply = _maxTotalSupply;
        emit MaxTotalSupplyUpdated(_maxTotalSupply);
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Internal functions
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /// @dev Runs before every `claim` function call.
    function _beforeClaim(
        address,
        uint256 _quantity,
        address,
        uint256,
        AllowlistProof calldata,
        bytes memory
    ) internal view override {
        require(_currentIndex + _quantity <= nextTokenIdToLazyMint, "!Tokens");
        require(maxTotalSupply == 0 || _currentIndex + _quantity <= maxTotalSupply, "!Supply");
    }
    /// @dev Collects and distributes the primary sale value of NFTs being claimed.
    function _collectPriceOnClaim(
        address _primarySaleRecipient,
        uint256 _quantityToClaim,
        address _currency,
        uint256 _pricePerToken
    ) internal override {
        if (_pricePerToken == 0) {
            require(msg.value == 0, "!V");
            return;
        }
        (address platformFeeRecipient, uint16 platformFeeBps) = getPlatformFeeInfo();
        address saleRecipient = _primarySaleRecipient == address(0) ? primarySaleRecipient() : _primarySaleRecipient;
        uint256 totalPrice = _quantityToClaim * _pricePerToken;
        uint256 platformFees = (totalPrice * platformFeeBps) / MAX_BPS;
        bool validMsgValue;
        if (_currency == CurrencyTransferLib.NATIVE_TOKEN) {
            validMsgValue = msg.value == totalPrice;
        } else {
            validMsgValue = msg.value == 0;
        }
        require(validMsgValue, "!V");
        CurrencyTransferLib.transferCurrency(_currency, _msgSender(), platformFeeRecipient, platformFees);
        CurrencyTransferLib.transferCurrency(_currency, _msgSender(), saleRecipient, totalPrice - platformFees);
    }
    /// @dev Transfers the NFTs being claimed.
    function _transferTokensOnClaim(
        address _to,
        uint256 _quantityBeingClaimed
    ) internal override returns (uint256 startTokenId) {
        startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        _safeMint(_to, _quantityBeingClaimed);
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether platform fee info can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetPlatformFeeInfo() internal view override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether primary sale recipient can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetPrimarySaleRecipient() internal view override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether owner can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetOwner() internal view override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether royalty info can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetRoyaltyInfo() internal view override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether contract metadata can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetContractURI() internal view override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Checks whether platform fee info can be set in the given execution context.
    function _canSetClaimConditions() internal view override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }
    /// @dev Returns whether lazy minting can be done in the given execution context.
    function _canLazyMint() internal view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(minterRole, _msgSender());
    }
    /*///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        Miscellaneous
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function totalMinted() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _totalMinted();
    }
    /// @dev The tokenId of the next NFT that will be minted / lazy minted.
    function nextTokenIdToMint() external view returns (uint256) {
        return nextTokenIdToLazyMint;
    }
    /// @dev The next token ID of the NFT that can be claimed.
    function nextTokenIdToClaim() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _currentIndex;
    }
    /// @dev Burns `tokenId`. See {ERC721-_burn}.
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) external virtual {
        // note: ERC721AUpgradeable's `_burn(uint256,bool)` internally checks for token approvals.
        _burn(tokenId, true);
    }
    /// @dev See {ERC721-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual override {
        super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // if transfer is restricted on the contract, we still want to allow burning and minting
        if (!hasRole(transferRole, address(0)) && from != address(0) && to != address(0)) {
            if (!hasRole(transferRole, from) && !hasRole(transferRole, to)) {
                revert("!Transfer-Role");
            }
        }
    }
    function _dropMsgSender() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _msgSender();
    }
    function _msgSender()
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override(ContextUpgradeable, ERC2771ContextUpgradeable, Multicall)
        returns (address sender)
    {
        return ERC2771ContextUpgradeable._msgSender();
    }
    function _msgData()
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override(ContextUpgradeable, ERC2771ContextUpgradeable)
        returns (bytes calldata)
    {
        return ERC2771ContextUpgradeable._msgData();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v3.3.0
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface of an ERC721A compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable, IERC721MetadataUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to their own address.
     */
    error ApproveToCaller();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to the current owner.
     */
    error ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Keeps track of the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
    }
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct AddressData {
        // Realistically, 2**64-1 is more than enough.
        uint64 balance;
        // Keeps track of mint count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberMinted;
        // Keeps track of burn count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberBurned;
        // For miscellaneous variable(s) pertaining to the address
        // (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
        // If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
        uint64 aux;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     * 
     * Burned tokens are calculated here, use `_totalMinted()` if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 salePrice
    ) external view returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```solidity
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 *
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized != type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data) external;
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721
     * or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must
     * understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721MetadataUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     *
     * Furthermore, `isContract` will also return true if the target contract within
     * the same transaction is already scheduled for destruction by `SELFDESTRUCT`,
     * which only has an effect at the end of a transaction.
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.0/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
import "./math/SignedMathUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library StringsUpgradeable {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = MathUpgradeable.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `int256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(int256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return string(abi.encodePacked(value < 0 ? "-" : "", toString(SignedMathUpgradeable.abs(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, MathUpgradeable.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the two strings are equal.
     */
    function equal(string memory a, string memory b) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return keccak256(bytes(a)) == keccak256(bytes(b));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library MathUpgradeable {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }
            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                // Solidity will revert if denominator == 0, unlike the div opcode on its own.
                // The surrounding unchecked block does not change this fact.
                // See https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/latest/control-structures.html#checked-or-unchecked-arithmetic.
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }
            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1, "Math: mulDiv overflow");
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }
            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)
                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }
            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);
        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10 ** 64) {
                value /= 10 ** 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 32) {
                value /= 10 ** 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 16) {
                value /= 10 ** 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 8) {
                value /= 10 ** 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 4) {
                value /= 10 ** 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 2) {
                value /= 10 ** 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10 ** result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result << 3) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/SignedMath.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Standard signed math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library SignedMathUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two signed numbers.
     */
    function max(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two signed numbers.
     */
    function min(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two signed numbers without overflow.
     * The result is rounded towards zero.
     */
    function average(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        // Formula from the book "Hacker's Delight"
        int256 x = (a & b) + ((a ^ b) >> 1);
        return x + (int256(uint256(x) >> 255) & (a ^ b));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the absolute unsigned value of a signed value.
     */
    function abs(int256 n) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            // must be unchecked in order to support `n = type(int256).min`
            return uint256(n >= 0 ? n : -n);
        }
    }
}